diff options
| author | Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@bootlin.com> | 2021-04-16 18:27:05 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Richard Purdie <richard.purdie@linuxfoundation.org> | 2021-04-23 16:39:03 +0100 |
| commit | c3c6de21876aad811e08538544c8fe76d22ccd09 (patch) | |
| tree | e22ee00a9c1ec588965f32050a42e05946bc9f71 /documentation/ref-manual | |
| parent | 773536c333248214f8f41eff698d8bfd3c687249 (diff) | |
| download | poky-c3c6de21876aad811e08538544c8fe76d22ccd09.tar.gz | |
manuals: code insertion simplification over two lines
This simplifies paragraphs ending with a colon and followed
by code insertion.
Automatically substituted through the command:
sed -i -z "s/:\n\s*::/::/g" file.rst
This generates identical HTML output.
(From yocto-docs rev: 28e2192a7c12d64b68061138a9f6c796453eebb1)
Signed-off-by: Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <richard.purdie@linuxfoundation.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'documentation/ref-manual')
23 files changed, 416 insertions, 833 deletions
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/classes.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/classes.rst index 52a50faf67..9a1fc2c93f 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/classes.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/classes.rst | |||
| @@ -168,8 +168,7 @@ example use for this class. | |||
| 168 | the "subpath" parameter limits the checkout to a specific subpath | 168 | the "subpath" parameter limits the checkout to a specific subpath |
| 169 | of the tree. Here is an example where ``${BP}`` is used so that the files | 169 | of the tree. Here is an example where ``${BP}`` is used so that the files |
| 170 | are extracted into the subdirectory expected by the default value of | 170 | are extracted into the subdirectory expected by the default value of |
| 171 | ``S``: | 171 | ``S``:: |
| 172 | :: | ||
| 173 | 172 | ||
| 174 | SRC_URI = "git://example.com/downloads/somepackage.rpm;subpath=${BP}" | 173 | SRC_URI = "git://example.com/downloads/somepackage.rpm;subpath=${BP}" |
| 175 | 174 | ||
| @@ -221,8 +220,7 @@ each recipe you wish to blacklist. Specify the :term:`PN` | |||
| 221 | value as a variable flag (varflag) and provide a reason, which is | 220 | value as a variable flag (varflag) and provide a reason, which is |
| 222 | reported, if the package is requested to be built as the value. For | 221 | reported, if the package is requested to be built as the value. For |
| 223 | example, if you want to blacklist a recipe called "exoticware", you add | 222 | example, if you want to blacklist a recipe called "exoticware", you add |
| 224 | the following to your ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration: | 223 | the following to your ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration:: |
| 225 | :: | ||
| 226 | 224 | ||
| 227 | INHERIT += "blacklist" | 225 | INHERIT += "blacklist" |
| 228 | PNBLACKLIST[exoticware] = "Not supported by our organization." | 226 | PNBLACKLIST[exoticware] = "Not supported by our organization." |
| @@ -470,8 +468,7 @@ information about using ``devshell``. | |||
| 470 | The ``devupstream`` class uses | 468 | The ``devupstream`` class uses |
| 471 | :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` to add a variant of the | 469 | :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` to add a variant of the |
| 472 | recipe that fetches from an alternative URI (e.g. Git) instead of a | 470 | recipe that fetches from an alternative URI (e.g. Git) instead of a |
| 473 | tarball. Following is an example: | 471 | tarball. Following is an example:: |
| 474 | :: | ||
| 475 | 472 | ||
| 476 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "devupstream:target" | 473 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "devupstream:target" |
| 477 | SRC_URI_class-devupstream = "git://git.example.com/example" | 474 | SRC_URI_class-devupstream = "git://git.example.com/example" |
| @@ -481,8 +478,7 @@ Adding the above statements to your recipe creates a variant that has | |||
| 481 | :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` set to "-1". | 478 | :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` set to "-1". |
| 482 | Consequently, you need to select the variant of the recipe to use it. | 479 | Consequently, you need to select the variant of the recipe to use it. |
| 483 | Any development-specific adjustments can be done by using the | 480 | Any development-specific adjustments can be done by using the |
| 484 | ``class-devupstream`` override. Here is an example: | 481 | ``class-devupstream`` override. Here is an example:: |
| 485 | :: | ||
| 486 | 482 | ||
| 487 | DEPENDS_append_class-devupstream = " gperf-native" | 483 | DEPENDS_append_class-devupstream = " gperf-native" |
| 488 | do_configure_prepend_class-devupstream() { | 484 | do_configure_prepend_class-devupstream() { |
| @@ -544,8 +540,7 @@ By default, this class expects the source code to support recipe builds | |||
| 544 | that use the :term:`B` variable to point to the directory in | 540 | that use the :term:`B` variable to point to the directory in |
| 545 | which the OpenEmbedded build system places the generated objects built | 541 | which the OpenEmbedded build system places the generated objects built |
| 546 | from the recipes. By default, the ``B`` directory is set to the | 542 | from the recipes. By default, the ``B`` directory is set to the |
| 547 | following, which is separate from the source directory (``S``): | 543 | following, which is separate from the source directory (``S``):: |
| 548 | :: | ||
| 549 | 544 | ||
| 550 | ${WORKDIR}/${BPN}/{PV}/ | 545 | ${WORKDIR}/${BPN}/{PV}/ |
| 551 | 546 | ||
| @@ -581,8 +576,7 @@ be performed using the | |||
| 581 | useradd | 576 | useradd |
| 582 | class to add user and group configuration to a specific recipe. | 577 | class to add user and group configuration to a specific recipe. |
| 583 | 578 | ||
| 584 | Here is an example that uses this class in an image recipe: | 579 | Here is an example that uses this class in an image recipe:: |
| 585 | :: | ||
| 586 | 580 | ||
| 587 | inherit extrausers | 581 | inherit extrausers |
| 588 | EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ | 582 | EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ |
| @@ -595,8 +589,7 @@ Here is an example that uses this class in an image recipe: | |||
| 595 | " | 589 | " |
| 596 | 590 | ||
| 597 | Here is an example that adds two users named "tester-jim" and "tester-sue" and assigns | 591 | Here is an example that adds two users named "tester-jim" and "tester-sue" and assigns |
| 598 | passwords: | 592 | passwords:: |
| 599 | :: | ||
| 600 | 593 | ||
| 601 | inherit extrausers | 594 | inherit extrausers |
| 602 | EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ | 595 | EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ |
| @@ -604,8 +597,7 @@ passwords: | |||
| 604 | useradd -P tester01 tester-sue; \ | 597 | useradd -P tester01 tester-sue; \ |
| 605 | " | 598 | " |
| 606 | 599 | ||
| 607 | Finally, here is an example that sets the root password to "1876*18": | 600 | Finally, here is an example that sets the root password to "1876*18":: |
| 608 | :: | ||
| 609 | 601 | ||
| 610 | inherit extrausers | 602 | inherit extrausers |
| 611 | EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ | 603 | EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ |
| @@ -867,8 +859,7 @@ system need to either inherit the ``icecc`` class or nobody should. | |||
| 867 | At the distribution level, you can inherit the ``icecc`` class to be | 859 | At the distribution level, you can inherit the ``icecc`` class to be |
| 868 | sure that all builders start with the same sstate signatures. After | 860 | sure that all builders start with the same sstate signatures. After |
| 869 | inheriting the class, you can then disable the feature by setting the | 861 | inheriting the class, you can then disable the feature by setting the |
| 870 | :term:`ICECC_DISABLED` variable to "1" as follows: | 862 | :term:`ICECC_DISABLED` variable to "1" as follows:: |
| 871 | :: | ||
| 872 | 863 | ||
| 873 | INHERIT_DISTRO_append = " icecc" | 864 | INHERIT_DISTRO_append = " icecc" |
| 874 | ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" | 865 | ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" |
| @@ -876,8 +867,7 @@ inheriting the class, you can then disable the feature by setting the | |||
| 876 | This practice | 867 | This practice |
| 877 | makes sure everyone is using the same signatures but also requires | 868 | makes sure everyone is using the same signatures but also requires |
| 878 | individuals that do want to use Icecream to enable the feature | 869 | individuals that do want to use Icecream to enable the feature |
| 879 | individually as follows in your ``local.conf`` file: | 870 | individually as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 880 | :: | ||
| 881 | 871 | ||
| 882 | ICECC_DISABLED = "" | 872 | ICECC_DISABLED = "" |
| 883 | 873 | ||
| @@ -925,8 +915,7 @@ types. | |||
| 925 | 915 | ||
| 926 | By default, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class automatically | 916 | By default, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class automatically |
| 927 | enables the ``image_types`` class. The ``image`` class uses the | 917 | enables the ``image_types`` class. The ``image`` class uses the |
| 928 | ``IMGCLASSES`` variable as follows: | 918 | ``IMGCLASSES`` variable as follows:: |
| 929 | :: | ||
| 930 | 919 | ||
| 931 | IMGCLASSES = "rootfs_${IMAGE_PKGTYPE} image_types ${IMAGE_CLASSES}" | 920 | IMGCLASSES = "rootfs_${IMAGE_PKGTYPE} image_types ${IMAGE_CLASSES}" |
| 932 | IMGCLASSES += "${@['populate_sdk_base', 'populate_sdk_ext']['linux' in d.getVar("SDK_OS")]}" | 921 | IMGCLASSES += "${@['populate_sdk_base', 'populate_sdk_ext']['linux' in d.getVar("SDK_OS")]}" |
| @@ -968,8 +957,7 @@ during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task, which optimizes | |||
| 968 | the size of libraries contained in the image. | 957 | the size of libraries contained in the image. |
| 969 | 958 | ||
| 970 | By default, the class is enabled in the ``local.conf.template`` using | 959 | By default, the class is enabled in the ``local.conf.template`` using |
| 971 | the :term:`USER_CLASSES` variable as follows: | 960 | the :term:`USER_CLASSES` variable as follows:: |
| 972 | :: | ||
| 973 | 961 | ||
| 974 | USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" | 962 | USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" |
| 975 | 963 | ||
| @@ -984,8 +972,7 @@ the dynamic linking of shared libraries to reduce executable startup | |||
| 984 | time. | 972 | time. |
| 985 | 973 | ||
| 986 | By default, the class is enabled in the ``local.conf.template`` using | 974 | By default, the class is enabled in the ``local.conf.template`` using |
| 987 | the :term:`USER_CLASSES` variable as follows: | 975 | the :term:`USER_CLASSES` variable as follows:: |
| 988 | :: | ||
| 989 | 976 | ||
| 990 | USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" | 977 | USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" |
| 991 | 978 | ||
| @@ -1014,8 +1001,7 @@ configuration). However, to skip one or more checks in recipes, you | |||
| 1014 | should use :term:`INSANE_SKIP`. For example, to skip | 1001 | should use :term:`INSANE_SKIP`. For example, to skip |
| 1015 | the check for symbolic link ``.so`` files in the main package of a | 1002 | the check for symbolic link ``.so`` files in the main package of a |
| 1016 | recipe, add the following to the recipe. You need to realize that the | 1003 | recipe, add the following to the recipe. You need to realize that the |
| 1017 | package name override, in this example ``${PN}``, must be used: | 1004 | package name override, in this example ``${PN}``, must be used:: |
| 1018 | :: | ||
| 1019 | 1005 | ||
| 1020 | INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so" | 1006 | INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so" |
| 1021 | 1007 | ||
| @@ -1152,8 +1138,7 @@ The following list shows the tests you can list with the ``WARN_QA`` and | |||
| 1152 | 1138 | ||
| 1153 | - ``invalid-packageconfig:`` Checks that no undefined features are | 1139 | - ``invalid-packageconfig:`` Checks that no undefined features are |
| 1154 | being added to :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`. For | 1140 | being added to :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`. For |
| 1155 | example, any name "foo" for which the following form does not exist: | 1141 | example, any name "foo" for which the following form does not exist:: |
| 1156 | :: | ||
| 1157 | 1142 | ||
| 1158 | PACKAGECONFIG[foo] = "..." | 1143 | PACKAGECONFIG[foo] = "..." |
| 1159 | 1144 | ||
| @@ -1636,8 +1621,7 @@ a couple different ways: | |||
| 1636 | .. note:: | 1621 | .. note:: |
| 1637 | 1622 | ||
| 1638 | When creating a recipe this way, the recipe name must follow this | 1623 | When creating a recipe this way, the recipe name must follow this |
| 1639 | naming convention: | 1624 | naming convention:: |
| 1640 | :: | ||
| 1641 | 1625 | ||
| 1642 | myrecipe-native.bb | 1626 | myrecipe-native.bb |
| 1643 | 1627 | ||
| @@ -1645,8 +1629,7 @@ a couple different ways: | |||
| 1645 | Not using this naming convention can lead to subtle problems | 1629 | Not using this naming convention can lead to subtle problems |
| 1646 | caused by existing code that depends on that naming convention. | 1630 | caused by existing code that depends on that naming convention. |
| 1647 | 1631 | ||
| 1648 | - Create or modify a target recipe that contains the following: | 1632 | - Create or modify a target recipe that contains the following:: |
| 1649 | :: | ||
| 1650 | 1633 | ||
| 1651 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "native" | 1634 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "native" |
| 1652 | 1635 | ||
| @@ -1677,8 +1660,7 @@ couple different ways: | |||
| 1677 | inherit statement in the recipe after all other inherit statements so | 1660 | inherit statement in the recipe after all other inherit statements so |
| 1678 | that the ``nativesdk`` class is inherited last. | 1661 | that the ``nativesdk`` class is inherited last. |
| 1679 | 1662 | ||
| 1680 | - Create a ``nativesdk`` variant of any recipe by adding the following: | 1663 | - Create a ``nativesdk`` variant of any recipe by adding the following:: |
| 1681 | :: | ||
| 1682 | 1664 | ||
| 1683 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "nativesdk" | 1665 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "nativesdk" |
| 1684 | 1666 | ||
| @@ -1689,8 +1671,7 @@ couple different ways: | |||
| 1689 | 1671 | ||
| 1690 | .. note:: | 1672 | .. note:: |
| 1691 | 1673 | ||
| 1692 | When creating a recipe, you must follow this naming convention: | 1674 | When creating a recipe, you must follow this naming convention:: |
| 1693 | :: | ||
| 1694 | 1675 | ||
| 1695 | nativesdk-myrecipe.bb | 1676 | nativesdk-myrecipe.bb |
| 1696 | 1677 | ||
| @@ -1753,8 +1734,7 @@ before attempting to fetch it from the upstream specified in | |||
| 1753 | :term:`SRC_URI` within each recipe. | 1734 | :term:`SRC_URI` within each recipe. |
| 1754 | 1735 | ||
| 1755 | To use this class, inherit it globally and specify | 1736 | To use this class, inherit it globally and specify |
| 1756 | :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`. Here is an example: | 1737 | :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`. Here is an example:: |
| 1757 | :: | ||
| 1758 | 1738 | ||
| 1759 | INHERIT += "own-mirrors" | 1739 | INHERIT += "own-mirrors" |
| 1760 | SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my-source-mirror" | 1740 | SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my-source-mirror" |
| @@ -2017,8 +1997,7 @@ established and then populates the SDK. After populating the SDK, the | |||
| 2017 | contains the cross-compiler and associated tooling, and the target, | 1997 | contains the cross-compiler and associated tooling, and the target, |
| 2018 | which contains a target root filesystem that is configured for the SDK | 1998 | which contains a target root filesystem that is configured for the SDK |
| 2019 | usage. These two images reside in :term:`SDK_OUTPUT`, | 1999 | usage. These two images reside in :term:`SDK_OUTPUT`, |
| 2020 | which consists of the following: | 2000 | which consists of the following:: |
| 2021 | :: | ||
| 2022 | 2001 | ||
| 2023 | ${SDK_OUTPUT}/${SDK_ARCH}-nativesdk-pkgs | 2002 | ${SDK_OUTPUT}/${SDK_ARCH}-nativesdk-pkgs |
| 2024 | ${SDK_OUTPUT}/${SDKTARGETSYSROOT}/target-pkgs | 2003 | ${SDK_OUTPUT}/${SDKTARGETSYSROOT}/target-pkgs |
| @@ -2180,8 +2159,7 @@ installed by ``libtool``. Removing these files results in them being | |||
| 2180 | absent from both the sysroot and target packages. | 2159 | absent from both the sysroot and target packages. |
| 2181 | 2160 | ||
| 2182 | If a recipe needs the ``.la`` files to be installed, then the recipe can | 2161 | If a recipe needs the ``.la`` files to be installed, then the recipe can |
| 2183 | override the removal by setting ``REMOVE_LIBTOOL_LA`` to "0" as follows: | 2162 | override the removal by setting ``REMOVE_LIBTOOL_LA`` to "0" as follows:: |
| 2184 | :: | ||
| 2185 | 2163 | ||
| 2186 | REMOVE_LIBTOOL_LA = "0" | 2164 | REMOVE_LIBTOOL_LA = "0" |
| 2187 | 2165 | ||
| @@ -2231,8 +2209,7 @@ recipe, enabling ``rm_work`` will potentially result in your changes to | |||
| 2231 | the source being lost. To exclude some recipes from having their work | 2209 | the source being lost. To exclude some recipes from having their work |
| 2232 | directories deleted by ``rm_work``, you can add the names of the recipe | 2210 | directories deleted by ``rm_work``, you can add the names of the recipe |
| 2233 | or recipes you are working on to the ``RM_WORK_EXCLUDE`` variable, which | 2211 | or recipes you are working on to the ``RM_WORK_EXCLUDE`` variable, which |
| 2234 | can also be set in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example: | 2212 | can also be set in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example:: |
| 2235 | :: | ||
| 2236 | 2213 | ||
| 2237 | RM_WORK_EXCLUDE += "busybox glibc" | 2214 | RM_WORK_EXCLUDE += "busybox glibc" |
| 2238 | 2215 | ||
| @@ -2531,8 +2508,7 @@ You should set :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` to the | |||
| 2531 | name of the service file. You should also use a package name override to | 2508 | name of the service file. You should also use a package name override to |
| 2532 | indicate the package to which the value applies. If the value applies to | 2509 | indicate the package to which the value applies. If the value applies to |
| 2533 | the recipe's main package, use ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``. Here | 2510 | the recipe's main package, use ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``. Here |
| 2534 | is an example from the connman recipe: | 2511 | is an example from the connman recipe:: |
| 2535 | :: | ||
| 2536 | 2512 | ||
| 2537 | SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service" | 2513 | SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service" |
| 2538 | 2514 | ||
| @@ -2608,8 +2584,7 @@ The tests are commands that run on the target system over ``ssh``. Each | |||
| 2608 | test is written in Python and makes use of the ``unittest`` module. | 2584 | test is written in Python and makes use of the ``unittest`` module. |
| 2609 | 2585 | ||
| 2610 | The ``testimage.bbclass`` runs tests on an image when called using the | 2586 | The ``testimage.bbclass`` runs tests on an image when called using the |
| 2611 | following: | 2587 | following:: |
| 2612 | :: | ||
| 2613 | 2588 | ||
| 2614 | $ bitbake -c testimage image | 2589 | $ bitbake -c testimage image |
| 2615 | 2590 | ||
| @@ -2628,8 +2603,7 @@ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. | |||
| 2628 | 2603 | ||
| 2629 | This class supports running automated tests against software development | 2604 | This class supports running automated tests against software development |
| 2630 | kits (SDKs). The ``testsdk`` class runs tests on an SDK when called | 2605 | kits (SDKs). The ``testsdk`` class runs tests on an SDK when called |
| 2631 | using the following: | 2606 | using the following:: |
| 2632 | :: | ||
| 2633 | 2607 | ||
| 2634 | $ bitbake -c testsdk image | 2608 | $ bitbake -c testsdk image |
| 2635 | 2609 | ||
| @@ -2684,8 +2658,7 @@ the environment for installed SDKs. | |||
| 2684 | The ``typecheck`` class provides support for validating the values of | 2658 | The ``typecheck`` class provides support for validating the values of |
| 2685 | variables set at the configuration level against their defined types. | 2659 | variables set at the configuration level against their defined types. |
| 2686 | The OpenEmbedded build system allows you to define the type of a | 2660 | The OpenEmbedded build system allows you to define the type of a |
| 2687 | variable using the "type" varflag. Here is an example: | 2661 | variable using the "type" varflag. Here is an example:: |
| 2688 | :: | ||
| 2689 | 2662 | ||
| 2690 | IMAGE_FEATURES[type] = "list" | 2663 | IMAGE_FEATURES[type] = "list" |
| 2691 | 2664 | ||
| @@ -2695,14 +2668,12 @@ variable using the "type" varflag. Here is an example: | |||
| 2695 | ======================== | 2668 | ======================== |
| 2696 | 2669 | ||
| 2697 | The ``uboot-config`` class provides support for U-Boot configuration for | 2670 | The ``uboot-config`` class provides support for U-Boot configuration for |
| 2698 | a machine. Specify the machine in your recipe as follows: | 2671 | a machine. Specify the machine in your recipe as follows:: |
| 2699 | :: | ||
| 2700 | 2672 | ||
| 2701 | UBOOT_CONFIG ??= <default> | 2673 | UBOOT_CONFIG ??= <default> |
| 2702 | UBOOT_CONFIG[foo] = "config,images" | 2674 | UBOOT_CONFIG[foo] = "config,images" |
| 2703 | 2675 | ||
| 2704 | You can also specify the machine using this method: | 2676 | You can also specify the machine using this method:: |
| 2705 | :: | ||
| 2706 | 2677 | ||
| 2707 | UBOOT_MACHINE = "config" | 2678 | UBOOT_MACHINE = "config" |
| 2708 | 2679 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/devtool-reference.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/devtool-reference.rst index 629aa2ffb9..0ce3219831 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/devtool-reference.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/devtool-reference.rst | |||
| @@ -22,8 +22,7 @@ Getting Help | |||
| 22 | 22 | ||
| 23 | The ``devtool`` command line is organized similarly to Git in that it | 23 | The ``devtool`` command line is organized similarly to Git in that it |
| 24 | has a number of sub-commands for each function. You can run | 24 | has a number of sub-commands for each function. You can run |
| 25 | ``devtool --help`` to see all the commands: | 25 | ``devtool --help`` to see all the commands:: |
| 26 | :: | ||
| 27 | 26 | ||
| 28 | $ devtool -h | 27 | $ devtool -h |
| 29 | NOTE: Starting bitbake server... | 28 | NOTE: Starting bitbake server... |
| @@ -79,8 +78,7 @@ has a number of sub-commands for each function. You can run | |||
| 79 | 78 | ||
| 80 | As directed in the general help output, you can | 79 | As directed in the general help output, you can |
| 81 | get more syntax on a specific command by providing the command name and | 80 | get more syntax on a specific command by providing the command name and |
| 82 | using "--help": | 81 | using "--help":: |
| 83 | :: | ||
| 84 | 82 | ||
| 85 | $ devtool add --help | 83 | $ devtool add --help |
| 86 | NOTE: Starting bitbake server... | 84 | NOTE: Starting bitbake server... |
| @@ -172,8 +170,7 @@ you. The source files the recipe uses should exist in an external area. | |||
| 172 | 170 | ||
| 173 | The following example creates and adds a new recipe named ``jackson`` to | 171 | The following example creates and adds a new recipe named ``jackson`` to |
| 174 | a workspace layer the tool creates. The source code built by the recipes | 172 | a workspace layer the tool creates. The source code built by the recipes |
| 175 | resides in ``/home/user/sources/jackson``: | 173 | resides in ``/home/user/sources/jackson``:: |
| 176 | :: | ||
| 177 | 174 | ||
| 178 | $ devtool add jackson /home/user/sources/jackson | 175 | $ devtool add jackson /home/user/sources/jackson |
| 179 | 176 | ||
| @@ -201,8 +198,7 @@ unpacking files from a remote URI. In some cases, you might want to | |||
| 201 | specify a source revision by branch, tag, or commit hash. You can | 198 | specify a source revision by branch, tag, or commit hash. You can |
| 202 | specify these options when using the ``devtool add`` command: | 199 | specify these options when using the ``devtool add`` command: |
| 203 | 200 | ||
| 204 | - To specify a source branch, use the ``--srcbranch`` option: | 201 | - To specify a source branch, use the ``--srcbranch`` option:: |
| 205 | :: | ||
| 206 | 202 | ||
| 207 | $ devtool add --srcbranch &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; jackson /home/user/sources/jackson | 203 | $ devtool add --srcbranch &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; jackson /home/user/sources/jackson |
| 208 | 204 | ||
| @@ -210,8 +206,7 @@ specify these options when using the ``devtool add`` command: | |||
| 210 | branch. | 206 | branch. |
| 211 | 207 | ||
| 212 | - To specify a specific tag or commit hash, use the ``--srcrev`` | 208 | - To specify a specific tag or commit hash, use the ``--srcrev`` |
| 213 | option: | 209 | option:: |
| 214 | :: | ||
| 215 | 210 | ||
| 216 | $ devtool add --srcrev &DISTRO_REL_TAG; jackson /home/user/sources/jackson | 211 | $ devtool add --srcrev &DISTRO_REL_TAG; jackson /home/user/sources/jackson |
| 217 | $ devtool add --srcrev some_commit_hash /home/user/sources/jackson | 212 | $ devtool add --srcrev some_commit_hash /home/user/sources/jackson |
| @@ -269,8 +264,7 @@ The ``devtool modify`` command extracts the source for a recipe, sets it | |||
| 269 | up as a Git repository if the source had not already been fetched from | 264 | up as a Git repository if the source had not already been fetched from |
| 270 | Git, checks out a branch for development, and applies any patches from | 265 | Git, checks out a branch for development, and applies any patches from |
| 271 | the recipe as commits on top. You can use the following command to | 266 | the recipe as commits on top. You can use the following command to |
| 272 | checkout the source files: | 267 | checkout the source files:: |
| 273 | :: | ||
| 274 | 268 | ||
| 275 | $ devtool modify recipe | 269 | $ devtool modify recipe |
| 276 | 270 | ||
| @@ -309,8 +303,7 @@ compile, and test the code. | |||
| 309 | 303 | ||
| 310 | When you are satisfied with the results and you have committed your | 304 | When you are satisfied with the results and you have committed your |
| 311 | changes to the Git repository, you can then run the | 305 | changes to the Git repository, you can then run the |
| 312 | ``devtool update-recipe`` to create the patches and update the recipe: | 306 | ``devtool update-recipe`` to create the patches and update the recipe:: |
| 313 | :: | ||
| 314 | 307 | ||
| 315 | $ devtool update-recipe recipe | 308 | $ devtool update-recipe recipe |
| 316 | 309 | ||
| @@ -321,8 +314,7 @@ Often, you might want to apply customizations made to your software in | |||
| 321 | your own layer rather than apply them to the original recipe. If so, you | 314 | your own layer rather than apply them to the original recipe. If so, you |
| 322 | can use the ``-a`` or ``--append`` option with the | 315 | can use the ``-a`` or ``--append`` option with the |
| 323 | ``devtool update-recipe`` command. These options allow you to specify | 316 | ``devtool update-recipe`` command. These options allow you to specify |
| 324 | the layer into which to write an append file: | 317 | the layer into which to write an append file:: |
| 325 | :: | ||
| 326 | 318 | ||
| 327 | $ devtool update-recipe recipe -a base-layer-directory | 319 | $ devtool update-recipe recipe -a base-layer-directory |
| 328 | 320 | ||
| @@ -358,8 +350,7 @@ particular recipe. | |||
| 358 | recipe's latest version tag. | 350 | recipe's latest version tag. |
| 359 | 351 | ||
| 360 | As with all ``devtool`` commands, you can get help on the individual | 352 | As with all ``devtool`` commands, you can get help on the individual |
| 361 | command: | 353 | command:: |
| 362 | :: | ||
| 363 | 354 | ||
| 364 | $ devtool check-upgrade-status -h | 355 | $ devtool check-upgrade-status -h |
| 365 | NOTE: Starting bitbake server... | 356 | NOTE: Starting bitbake server... |
| @@ -462,8 +453,7 @@ files have been modified, the command preserves the modified files in a | |||
| 462 | separate "attic" subdirectory under the workspace layer. | 453 | separate "attic" subdirectory under the workspace layer. |
| 463 | 454 | ||
| 464 | Here is an example that resets the workspace directory that contains the | 455 | Here is an example that resets the workspace directory that contains the |
| 465 | ``mtr`` recipe: | 456 | ``mtr`` recipe:: |
| 466 | :: | ||
| 467 | 457 | ||
| 468 | $ devtool reset mtr | 458 | $ devtool reset mtr |
| 469 | NOTE: Cleaning sysroot for recipe mtr... | 459 | NOTE: Cleaning sysroot for recipe mtr... |
| @@ -482,8 +472,7 @@ Use the ``devtool build`` command to build your recipe. The | |||
| 482 | When you use the ``devtool build`` command, you must supply the root | 472 | When you use the ``devtool build`` command, you must supply the root |
| 483 | name of the recipe (i.e. do not provide versions, paths, or extensions). | 473 | name of the recipe (i.e. do not provide versions, paths, or extensions). |
| 484 | You can use either the "-s" or the "--disable-parallel-make" options to | 474 | You can use either the "-s" or the "--disable-parallel-make" options to |
| 485 | disable parallel makes during the build. Here is an example: | 475 | disable parallel makes during the build. Here is an example:: |
| 486 | :: | ||
| 487 | 476 | ||
| 488 | $ devtool build recipe | 477 | $ devtool build recipe |
| 489 | 478 | ||
| @@ -499,8 +488,7 @@ device for testing. For proper integration into a final image, you need | |||
| 499 | to edit your custom image recipe appropriately. | 488 | to edit your custom image recipe appropriately. |
| 500 | 489 | ||
| 501 | When you use the ``devtool build-image`` command, you must supply the | 490 | When you use the ``devtool build-image`` command, you must supply the |
| 502 | name of the image. This command has no command line options: | 491 | name of the image. This command has no command line options:: |
| 503 | :: | ||
| 504 | 492 | ||
| 505 | $ devtool build-image image | 493 | $ devtool build-image image |
| 506 | 494 | ||
| @@ -510,8 +498,7 @@ Deploying Your Software on the Target Machine | |||
| 510 | ============================================= | 498 | ============================================= |
| 511 | 499 | ||
| 512 | Use the ``devtool deploy-target`` command to deploy the recipe's build | 500 | Use the ``devtool deploy-target`` command to deploy the recipe's build |
| 513 | output to the live target machine: | 501 | output to the live target machine:: |
| 514 | :: | ||
| 515 | 502 | ||
| 516 | $ devtool deploy-target recipe target | 503 | $ devtool deploy-target recipe target |
| 517 | 504 | ||
| @@ -582,15 +569,13 @@ new workspace layer, it is populated with the ``README`` file and the | |||
| 582 | ``conf`` directory only. | 569 | ``conf`` directory only. |
| 583 | 570 | ||
| 584 | The following example creates a new workspace layer in your current | 571 | The following example creates a new workspace layer in your current |
| 585 | working and by default names the workspace layer "workspace": | 572 | working and by default names the workspace layer "workspace":: |
| 586 | :: | ||
| 587 | 573 | ||
| 588 | $ devtool create-workspace | 574 | $ devtool create-workspace |
| 589 | 575 | ||
| 590 | You can create a workspace layer anywhere by supplying a pathname with | 576 | You can create a workspace layer anywhere by supplying a pathname with |
| 591 | the command. The following command creates a new workspace layer named | 577 | the command. The following command creates a new workspace layer named |
| 592 | "new-workspace": | 578 | "new-workspace":: |
| 593 | :: | ||
| 594 | 579 | ||
| 595 | $ devtool create-workspace /home/scottrif/new-workspace | 580 | $ devtool create-workspace /home/scottrif/new-workspace |
| 596 | 581 | ||
| @@ -603,15 +588,13 @@ Use the ``devtool status`` command to list the recipes currently in your | |||
| 603 | workspace. Information includes the paths to their respective external | 588 | workspace. Information includes the paths to their respective external |
| 604 | source trees. | 589 | source trees. |
| 605 | 590 | ||
| 606 | The ``devtool status`` command has no command-line options: | 591 | The ``devtool status`` command has no command-line options:: |
| 607 | :: | ||
| 608 | 592 | ||
| 609 | $ devtool status | 593 | $ devtool status |
| 610 | 594 | ||
| 611 | Following is sample output after using | 595 | Following is sample output after using |
| 612 | :ref:`devtool add <ref-manual/devtool-reference:adding a new recipe to the workspace layer>` | 596 | :ref:`devtool add <ref-manual/devtool-reference:adding a new recipe to the workspace layer>` |
| 613 | to create and add the ``mtr_0.86.bb`` recipe to the ``workspace`` directory: | 597 | to create and add the ``mtr_0.86.bb`` recipe to the ``workspace`` directory:: |
| 614 | :: | ||
| 615 | 598 | ||
| 616 | $ devtool status | 599 | $ devtool status |
| 617 | mtr:/home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/sources/mtr (/home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/recipes/mtr/mtr_0.86.bb) | 600 | mtr:/home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/sources/mtr (/home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/recipes/mtr/mtr_0.86.bb) |
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/faq.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/faq.rst index a9103f83c6..e7bca829a3 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/faq.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/faq.rst | |||
| @@ -209,8 +209,7 @@ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. | |||
| 209 | **A:** You need to create a form factor file as described in the | 209 | **A:** You need to create a form factor file as described in the |
| 210 | ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:miscellaneous bsp-specific recipe files`" section in | 210 | ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:miscellaneous bsp-specific recipe files`" section in |
| 211 | the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide. Set | 211 | the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide. Set |
| 212 | the ``HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN`` variable equal to one as follows: | 212 | the ``HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN`` variable equal to one as follows:: |
| 213 | :: | ||
| 214 | 213 | ||
| 215 | HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=1 | 214 | HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=1 |
| 216 | 215 | ||
| @@ -313,8 +312,7 @@ HTTPS requests and direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You | |||
| 313 | can use ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares | 312 | can use ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares |
| 314 | as well. | 313 | as well. |
| 315 | 314 | ||
| 316 | Aside from the previous technique, these options also exist: | 315 | Aside from the previous technique, these options also exist:: |
| 317 | :: | ||
| 318 | 316 | ||
| 319 | BB_NO_NETWORK = "1" | 317 | BB_NO_NETWORK = "1" |
| 320 | 318 | ||
| @@ -322,8 +320,7 @@ This statement tells BitBake to issue an error | |||
| 322 | instead of trying to access the Internet. This technique is useful if | 320 | instead of trying to access the Internet. This technique is useful if |
| 323 | you want to ensure code builds only from local sources. | 321 | you want to ensure code builds only from local sources. |
| 324 | 322 | ||
| 325 | Here is another technique: | 323 | Here is another technique:: |
| 326 | :: | ||
| 327 | 324 | ||
| 328 | BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY = "1" | 325 | BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY = "1" |
| 329 | 326 | ||
| @@ -331,8 +328,7 @@ This statement | |||
| 331 | limits the build system to pulling source from the ``PREMIRRORS`` only. | 328 | limits the build system to pulling source from the ``PREMIRRORS`` only. |
| 332 | Again, this technique is useful for reproducing builds. | 329 | Again, this technique is useful for reproducing builds. |
| 333 | 330 | ||
| 334 | Here is another technique: | 331 | Here is another technique:: |
| 335 | :: | ||
| 336 | 332 | ||
| 337 | BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" | 333 | BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" |
| 338 | 334 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/features.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/features.rst index 89c06eb65f..eb4947d594 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/features.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/features.rst | |||
| @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ One method you can use to determine which recipes are checking to see if | |||
| 26 | a particular feature is contained or not is to ``grep`` through the | 26 | a particular feature is contained or not is to ``grep`` through the |
| 27 | :term:`Metadata` for the feature. Here is an example that | 27 | :term:`Metadata` for the feature. Here is an example that |
| 28 | discovers the recipes whose build is potentially changed based on a | 28 | discovers the recipes whose build is potentially changed based on a |
| 29 | given feature: | 29 | given feature:: |
| 30 | :: | ||
| 31 | 30 | ||
| 32 | $ cd poky | 31 | $ cd poky |
| 33 | $ git grep 'contains.*MACHINE_FEATURES.*feature' | 32 | $ git grep 'contains.*MACHINE_FEATURES.*feature' |
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/images.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/images.rst index 6b4e958a85..b2db1a7734 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/images.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/images.rst | |||
| @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ image you want. | |||
| 18 | are going to build an image using non-GPLv3 and similarly licensed | 18 | are going to build an image using non-GPLv3 and similarly licensed |
| 19 | components, you must make the following changes in the ``local.conf`` | 19 | components, you must make the following changes in the ``local.conf`` |
| 20 | file before using the BitBake command to build the minimal or base | 20 | file before using the BitBake command to build the minimal or base |
| 21 | image: | 21 | image:: |
| 22 | :: | ||
| 23 | 22 | ||
| 24 | 1. Comment out the EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES line | 23 | 1. Comment out the EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES line |
| 25 | 2. Set INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" | 24 | 2. Set INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" |
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/kickstart.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/kickstart.rst index b87cdc13b1..843292b528 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/kickstart.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/kickstart.rst | |||
| @@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ Command: part or partition | |||
| 30 | ========================== | 30 | ========================== |
| 31 | 31 | ||
| 32 | Either of these commands creates a partition on the system and uses the | 32 | Either of these commands creates a partition on the system and uses the |
| 33 | following syntax: | 33 | following syntax:: |
| 34 | :: | ||
| 35 | 34 | ||
| 36 | part [mntpoint] | 35 | part [mntpoint] |
| 37 | partition [mntpoint] | 36 | partition [mntpoint] |
| @@ -59,8 +58,7 @@ must also provide one of the ``--ondrive``, ``--ondisk``, or | |||
| 59 | versions of these application are currently excluded. | 58 | versions of these application are currently excluded. |
| 60 | 59 | ||
| 61 | Here is an example that uses "/" as the mountpoint. The command uses | 60 | Here is an example that uses "/" as the mountpoint. The command uses |
| 62 | ``--ondisk`` to force the partition onto the ``sdb`` disk: | 61 | ``--ondisk`` to force the partition onto the ``sdb`` disk:: |
| 63 | :: | ||
| 64 | 62 | ||
| 65 | part / --source rootfs --ondisk sdb --fstype=ext3 --label platform --align 1024 | 63 | part / --source rootfs --ondisk sdb --fstype=ext3 --label platform --align 1024 |
| 66 | 64 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.3.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.3.rst index 7c522dc123..b90767ff90 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.3.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.3.rst | |||
| @@ -181,8 +181,7 @@ Linux Kernel Naming | |||
| 181 | ------------------- | 181 | ------------------- |
| 182 | 182 | ||
| 183 | The naming scheme for kernel output binaries has been changed to now | 183 | The naming scheme for kernel output binaries has been changed to now |
| 184 | include :term:`PE` as part of the filename: | 184 | include :term:`PE` as part of the filename:: |
| 185 | :: | ||
| 186 | 185 | ||
| 187 | KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}-${PE}-${PV}-${PR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}" | 186 | KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}-${PE}-${PV}-${PR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}" |
| 188 | 187 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.4.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.4.rst index f5fac7a2ac..deb848749c 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.4.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.4.rst | |||
| @@ -40,8 +40,7 @@ Differences include the following: | |||
| 40 | 40 | ||
| 41 | - *Shared State Code:* The shared state code has been optimized to | 41 | - *Shared State Code:* The shared state code has been optimized to |
| 42 | avoid running unnecessary tasks. For example, the following no longer | 42 | avoid running unnecessary tasks. For example, the following no longer |
| 43 | populates the target sysroot since that is not necessary: | 43 | populates the target sysroot since that is not necessary:: |
| 44 | :: | ||
| 45 | 44 | ||
| 46 | $ bitbake -c rootfs some-image | 45 | $ bitbake -c rootfs some-image |
| 47 | 46 | ||
| @@ -136,8 +135,7 @@ Target Package Management with RPM | |||
| 136 | If runtime package management is enabled and the RPM backend is | 135 | If runtime package management is enabled and the RPM backend is |
| 137 | selected, Smart is now installed for package download, dependency | 136 | selected, Smart is now installed for package download, dependency |
| 138 | resolution, and upgrades instead of Zypper. For more information on how | 137 | resolution, and upgrades instead of Zypper. For more information on how |
| 139 | to use Smart, run the following command on the target: | 138 | to use Smart, run the following command on the target:: |
| 140 | :: | ||
| 141 | 139 | ||
| 142 | smart --help | 140 | smart --help |
| 143 | 141 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.6.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.6.rst index fe3e04d685..5a18d63103 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.6.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.6.rst | |||
| @@ -53,8 +53,7 @@ Matching Branch Requirement for Git Fetching | |||
| 53 | When fetching source from a Git repository using | 53 | When fetching source from a Git repository using |
| 54 | :term:`SRC_URI`, BitBake will now validate the | 54 | :term:`SRC_URI`, BitBake will now validate the |
| 55 | :term:`SRCREV` value against the branch. You can specify | 55 | :term:`SRCREV` value against the branch. You can specify |
| 56 | the branch using the following form: | 56 | the branch using the following form:: |
| 57 | :: | ||
| 58 | 57 | ||
| 59 | SRC_URI = "git://server.name/repository;branch=branchname" | 58 | SRC_URI = "git://server.name/repository;branch=branchname" |
| 60 | 59 | ||
| @@ -248,8 +247,7 @@ the ``autotools`` or ``autotools_stage``\ classes. | |||
| 248 | 247 | ||
| 249 | ``qemu-native`` now builds without SDL-based graphical output support by | 248 | ``qemu-native`` now builds without SDL-based graphical output support by |
| 250 | default. The following additional lines are needed in your | 249 | default. The following additional lines are needed in your |
| 251 | ``local.conf`` to enable it: | 250 | ``local.conf`` to enable it:: |
| 252 | :: | ||
| 253 | 251 | ||
| 254 | PACKAGECONFIG_pn-qemu-native = "sdl" | 252 | PACKAGECONFIG_pn-qemu-native = "sdl" |
| 255 | ASSUME_PROVIDED += "libsdl-native" | 253 | ASSUME_PROVIDED += "libsdl-native" |
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.7.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.7.rst index 9cf467f28b..46bf126583 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.7.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.7.rst | |||
| @@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ optional features. The method used to set defaults for these options | |||
| 15 | means that existing ``local.conf`` files will need to be modified to | 15 | means that existing ``local.conf`` files will need to be modified to |
| 16 | append to ``PACKAGECONFIG`` for ``qemu-native`` and ``nativesdk-qemu`` | 16 | append to ``PACKAGECONFIG`` for ``qemu-native`` and ``nativesdk-qemu`` |
| 17 | instead of setting it. In other words, to enable graphical output for | 17 | instead of setting it. In other words, to enable graphical output for |
| 18 | QEMU, you should now have these lines in ``local.conf``: | 18 | QEMU, you should now have these lines in ``local.conf``:: |
| 19 | :: | ||
| 20 | 19 | ||
| 21 | PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-qemu-native = " sdl" | 20 | PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-qemu-native = " sdl" |
| 22 | PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-nativesdk-qemu = " sdl" | 21 | PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-nativesdk-qemu = " sdl" |
| @@ -80,8 +79,7 @@ disable the scripts due to the scripts previously requiring error-prone | |||
| 80 | path substitution. Software that links against these libraries using | 79 | path substitution. Software that links against these libraries using |
| 81 | these scripts should use the much more robust ``pkg-config`` instead. | 80 | these scripts should use the much more robust ``pkg-config`` instead. |
| 82 | The list of recipes changed in this version (and their configuration | 81 | The list of recipes changed in this version (and their configuration |
| 83 | scripts) is as follows: | 82 | scripts) is as follows:: |
| 84 | :: | ||
| 85 | 83 | ||
| 86 | directfb (directfb-config) | 84 | directfb (directfb-config) |
| 87 | freetype (freetype-config) | 85 | freetype (freetype-config) |
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.0.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.0.rst index 9da60dfdcb..8319b0ee36 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.0.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.0.rst | |||
| @@ -25,8 +25,7 @@ and the porting guide at | |||
| 25 | https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-5/porting_to.html. | 25 | https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-5/porting_to.html. |
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | Alternatively, you can switch back to GCC 4.9 or 4.8 by setting | 27 | Alternatively, you can switch back to GCC 4.9 or 4.8 by setting |
| 28 | ``GCCVERSION`` in your configuration, as follows: | 28 | ``GCCVERSION`` in your configuration, as follows:: |
| 29 | :: | ||
| 30 | 29 | ||
| 31 | GCCVERSION = "4.9%" | 30 | GCCVERSION = "4.9%" |
| 32 | 31 | ||
| @@ -91,8 +90,7 @@ unlikely to require any changes to Metadata. However, these minor | |||
| 91 | changes in behavior exist: | 90 | changes in behavior exist: |
| 92 | 91 | ||
| 93 | - All potential overrides are now visible in the variable history as | 92 | - All potential overrides are now visible in the variable history as |
| 94 | seen when you run the following: | 93 | seen when you run the following:: |
| 95 | :: | ||
| 96 | 94 | ||
| 97 | $ bitbake -e | 95 | $ bitbake -e |
| 98 | 96 | ||
| @@ -200,8 +198,7 @@ changes. | |||
| 200 | 198 | ||
| 201 | Additionally, work directories for old versions of recipes are now | 199 | Additionally, work directories for old versions of recipes are now |
| 202 | pruned. If you wish to disable pruning old work directories, you can set | 200 | pruned. If you wish to disable pruning old work directories, you can set |
| 203 | the following variable in your configuration: | 201 | the following variable in your configuration:: |
| 204 | :: | ||
| 205 | 202 | ||
| 206 | SSTATE_PRUNE_OBSOLETEWORKDIR = "0" | 203 | SSTATE_PRUNE_OBSOLETEWORKDIR = "0" |
| 207 | 204 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.1.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.1.rst index 1eb9ab5525..32d193f0ff 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.1.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.1.rst | |||
| @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ defaulted to False if not specified. Now, however, no default exists so | |||
| 42 | one must be specified. You must change any ``getVar()`` calls that do | 42 | one must be specified. You must change any ``getVar()`` calls that do |
| 43 | not specify the final expand parameter to calls that do specify the | 43 | not specify the final expand parameter to calls that do specify the |
| 44 | parameter. You can run the following ``sed`` command at the base of a | 44 | parameter. You can run the following ``sed`` command at the base of a |
| 45 | layer to make this change: | 45 | layer to make this change:: |
| 46 | :: | ||
| 47 | 46 | ||
| 48 | sed -e 's:\(\.getVar([^,()]*\)):\1, False):g' -i `grep -ril getVar *` | 47 | sed -e 's:\(\.getVar([^,()]*\)):\1, False):g' -i `grep -ril getVar *` |
| 49 | sed -e 's:\(\.getVarFlag([^,()]*,[^,()]*\)):\1, False):g' -i `grep -ril getVarFlag *` | 48 | sed -e 's:\(\.getVarFlag([^,()]*,[^,()]*\)):\1, False):g' -i `grep -ril getVarFlag *` |
| @@ -285,8 +284,7 @@ The following changes have been made for the Poky distribution: | |||
| 285 | Any recipe that needs to opt-out of having the "--disable-static" | 284 | Any recipe that needs to opt-out of having the "--disable-static" |
| 286 | option specified on the configure command line either because it is | 285 | option specified on the configure command line either because it is |
| 287 | not a supported option for the configure script or because static | 286 | not a supported option for the configure script or because static |
| 288 | libraries are needed should set the following variable: | 287 | libraries are needed should set the following variable:: |
| 289 | :: | ||
| 290 | 288 | ||
| 291 | DISABLE_STATIC = "" | 289 | DISABLE_STATIC = "" |
| 292 | 290 | ||
| @@ -369,8 +367,7 @@ These additional changes exist: | |||
| 369 | - Previously, the following list of packages were removed if | 367 | - Previously, the following list of packages were removed if |
| 370 | package-management was not in | 368 | package-management was not in |
| 371 | :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`, regardless of any | 369 | :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`, regardless of any |
| 372 | dependencies: | 370 | dependencies:: |
| 373 | :: | ||
| 374 | 371 | ||
| 375 | update-rc.d | 372 | update-rc.d |
| 376 | base-passwd | 373 | base-passwd |
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.2.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.2.rst index d11735163e..a9d3cde7b7 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.2.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.2.rst | |||
| @@ -144,8 +144,7 @@ The new ``runqemu`` is a Python script. Machine knowledge is no longer | |||
| 144 | hardcoded into ``runqemu``. You can choose to use the ``qemuboot`` | 144 | hardcoded into ``runqemu``. You can choose to use the ``qemuboot`` |
| 145 | configuration file to define the BSP's own arguments and to make it | 145 | configuration file to define the BSP's own arguments and to make it |
| 146 | bootable with ``runqemu``. If you use a configuration file, use the | 146 | bootable with ``runqemu``. If you use a configuration file, use the |
| 147 | following form: | 147 | following form:: |
| 148 | :: | ||
| 149 | 148 | ||
| 150 | image-name-machine.qemuboot.conf | 149 | image-name-machine.qemuboot.conf |
| 151 | 150 | ||
| @@ -160,8 +159,7 @@ rootfs). QEMU boot arguments can be set in BSP's configuration file and | |||
| 160 | the ``qemuboot`` class will save them to ``qemuboot.conf``. | 159 | the ``qemuboot`` class will save them to ``qemuboot.conf``. |
| 161 | 160 | ||
| 162 | If you want to use ``runqemu`` without a configuration file, use the | 161 | If you want to use ``runqemu`` without a configuration file, use the |
| 163 | following command form: | 162 | following command form:: |
| 164 | :: | ||
| 165 | 163 | ||
| 166 | $ runqemu machine rootfs kernel [options] | 164 | $ runqemu machine rootfs kernel [options] |
| 167 | 165 | ||
| @@ -244,8 +242,7 @@ recipes. You need to fix these recipes so that they use the expected | |||
| 244 | ``LDFLAGS``. Depending on how the software is built, the build system | 242 | ``LDFLAGS``. Depending on how the software is built, the build system |
| 245 | used by the software (e.g. a Makefile) might need to be patched. | 243 | used by the software (e.g. a Makefile) might need to be patched. |
| 246 | However, sometimes making this fix is as simple as adding the following | 244 | However, sometimes making this fix is as simple as adding the following |
| 247 | to the recipe: | 245 | to the recipe:: |
| 248 | :: | ||
| 249 | 246 | ||
| 250 | TARGET_CC_ARCH += "${LDFLAGS}" | 247 | TARGET_CC_ARCH += "${LDFLAGS}" |
| 251 | 248 | ||
| @@ -258,8 +255,7 @@ The ``KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME`` variable no longer uses the | |||
| 258 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable to create the | 255 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable to create the |
| 259 | image's base name. Because the OpenEmbedded build system can now build | 256 | image's base name. Because the OpenEmbedded build system can now build |
| 260 | multiple kernel image types, this part of the kernel image base name as | 257 | multiple kernel image types, this part of the kernel image base name as |
| 261 | been removed leaving only the following: | 258 | been removed leaving only the following:: |
| 262 | :: | ||
| 263 | 259 | ||
| 264 | KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}" | 260 | KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}" |
| 265 | 261 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.3.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.3.rst index 0541eb3e74..dfbda612ae 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.3.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.3.rst | |||
| @@ -114,8 +114,7 @@ Changes to Scripts | |||
| 114 | The following changes to scripts took place: | 114 | The following changes to scripts took place: |
| 115 | 115 | ||
| 116 | - ``oe-find-native-sysroot``: The usage for the | 116 | - ``oe-find-native-sysroot``: The usage for the |
| 117 | ``oe-find-native-sysroot`` script has changed to the following: | 117 | ``oe-find-native-sysroot`` script has changed to the following:: |
| 118 | :: | ||
| 119 | 118 | ||
| 120 | $ . oe-find-native-sysroot recipe | 119 | $ . oe-find-native-sysroot recipe |
| 121 | 120 | ||
| @@ -124,8 +123,7 @@ The following changes to scripts took place: | |||
| 124 | was not necessary to provide the script with the command. | 123 | was not necessary to provide the script with the command. |
| 125 | 124 | ||
| 126 | - ``oe-run-native``: The usage for the ``oe-run-native`` script has | 125 | - ``oe-run-native``: The usage for the ``oe-run-native`` script has |
| 127 | changed to the following: | 126 | changed to the following:: |
| 128 | :: | ||
| 129 | 127 | ||
| 130 | $ oe-run-native native_recipe tool | 128 | $ oe-run-native native_recipe tool |
| 131 | 129 | ||
| @@ -453,14 +451,11 @@ The following miscellaneous changes have occurred: | |||
| 453 | tools. | 451 | tools. |
| 454 | 452 | ||
| 455 | - The ``USE_LDCONFIG`` variable has been replaced with the "ldconfig" | 453 | - The ``USE_LDCONFIG`` variable has been replaced with the "ldconfig" |
| 456 | ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` feature. Distributions that previously set: | 454 | ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` feature. Distributions that previously set:: |
| 457 | :: | ||
| 458 | 455 | ||
| 459 | USE_LDCONFIG = "0" | 456 | USE_LDCONFIG = "0" |
| 460 | 457 | ||
| 461 | should now instead use the following: | 458 | should now instead use the following:: |
| 462 | |||
| 463 | :: | ||
| 464 | 459 | ||
| 465 | DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED_append = " ldconfig" | 460 | DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED_append = " ldconfig" |
| 466 | 461 | ||
| @@ -478,8 +473,7 @@ The following miscellaneous changes have occurred: | |||
| 478 | order to allow module packages from multiple kernel versions to | 473 | order to allow module packages from multiple kernel versions to |
| 479 | co-exist on a target system. If you wish to return to the previous | 474 | co-exist on a target system. If you wish to return to the previous |
| 480 | naming scheme that does not include the version suffix, use the | 475 | naming scheme that does not include the version suffix, use the |
| 481 | following: | 476 | following:: |
| 482 | :: | ||
| 483 | 477 | ||
| 484 | KERNEL_MODULE_PACKAGE_SUFFIX = "" | 478 | KERNEL_MODULE_PACKAGE_SUFFIX = "" |
| 485 | 479 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.5.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.5.rst index fd5f2f88e0..86a0da9c40 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.5.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.5.rst | |||
| @@ -138,13 +138,11 @@ The following are BitBake changes: | |||
| 138 | tree" tasks have been removed (e.g. ``fetchall``, ``checkuriall``, | 138 | tree" tasks have been removed (e.g. ``fetchall``, ``checkuriall``, |
| 139 | and the ``*all`` tasks provided by the ``distrodata`` and | 139 | and the ``*all`` tasks provided by the ``distrodata`` and |
| 140 | ``archiver`` classes). There is a BitBake option to complete this for | 140 | ``archiver`` classes). There is a BitBake option to complete this for |
| 141 | any arbitrary task. For example: | 141 | any arbitrary task. For example:: |
| 142 | :: | ||
| 143 | 142 | ||
| 144 | bitbake <target> -c fetchall | 143 | bitbake <target> -c fetchall |
| 145 | 144 | ||
| 146 | should now be replaced with: | 145 | should now be replaced with:: |
| 147 | :: | ||
| 148 | 146 | ||
| 149 | bitbake <target> --runall=fetch | 147 | bitbake <target> --runall=fetch |
| 150 | 148 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.6.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.6.rst index aeac509808..d1c6c0c5f5 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.6.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.6.rst | |||
| @@ -161,13 +161,11 @@ The following changes have been made: | |||
| 161 | allows easier and more direct changes. | 161 | allows easier and more direct changes. |
| 162 | 162 | ||
| 163 | The ``IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`` variable is set in the ``bitbake.conf`` | 163 | The ``IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`` variable is set in the ``bitbake.conf`` |
| 164 | configuration file as follows: | 164 | configuration file as follows:: |
| 165 | :: | ||
| 166 | 165 | ||
| 167 | IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX = "-${DATETIME}" | 166 | IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX = "-${DATETIME}" |
| 168 | 167 | ||
| 169 | - Several variables have changed names for consistency: | 168 | - Several variables have changed names for consistency:: |
| 170 | :: | ||
| 171 | 169 | ||
| 172 | Old Variable Name New Variable Name | 170 | Old Variable Name New Variable Name |
| 173 | ======================================================== | 171 | ======================================================== |
| @@ -292,8 +290,7 @@ avoids the ``systemd`` recipe from becoming machine-specific for cases | |||
| 292 | where machine-specific configurations need to be applied (e.g. for | 290 | where machine-specific configurations need to be applied (e.g. for |
| 293 | ``qemu*`` machines). | 291 | ``qemu*`` machines). |
| 294 | 292 | ||
| 295 | Currently, the new recipe packages the following files: | 293 | Currently, the new recipe packages the following files:: |
| 296 | :: | ||
| 297 | 294 | ||
| 298 | ${sysconfdir}/machine-id | 295 | ${sysconfdir}/machine-id |
| 299 | ${sysconfdir}/systemd/coredump.conf | 296 | ${sysconfdir}/systemd/coredump.conf |
| @@ -393,8 +390,7 @@ If you wish to disable Python profile-guided optimization regardless of | |||
| 393 | the value of ``MACHINE_FEATURES``, then ensure that | 390 | the value of ``MACHINE_FEATURES``, then ensure that |
| 394 | :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` for the ``python3`` recipe | 391 | :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` for the ``python3`` recipe |
| 395 | does not contain "pgo". You could accomplish the latter using the | 392 | does not contain "pgo". You could accomplish the latter using the |
| 396 | following at the configuration level: | 393 | following at the configuration level:: |
| 397 | :: | ||
| 398 | 394 | ||
| 399 | PACKAGECONFIG_remove_pn-python3 = "pgo" | 395 | PACKAGECONFIG_remove_pn-python3 = "pgo" |
| 400 | 396 | ||
| @@ -411,8 +407,7 @@ The following miscellaneous changes occurred: | |||
| 411 | - Default to using the Thumb-2 instruction set for armv7a and above. If | 407 | - Default to using the Thumb-2 instruction set for armv7a and above. If |
| 412 | you have any custom recipes that build software that needs to be | 408 | you have any custom recipes that build software that needs to be |
| 413 | built with the ARM instruction set, change the recipe to set the | 409 | built with the ARM instruction set, change the recipe to set the |
| 414 | instruction set as follows: | 410 | instruction set as follows:: |
| 415 | :: | ||
| 416 | 411 | ||
| 417 | ARM_INSTRUCTION_SET = "arm" | 412 | ARM_INSTRUCTION_SET = "arm" |
| 418 | 413 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.1.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.1.rst index c62aba7d48..7822285a87 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.1.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.1.rst | |||
| @@ -71,8 +71,7 @@ when building a simple image such as core-image-minimal. If you do not | |||
| 71 | need runtime tests enabled for core components, then it is recommended | 71 | need runtime tests enabled for core components, then it is recommended |
| 72 | that you remove "ptest" from | 72 | that you remove "ptest" from |
| 73 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` to save a significant | 73 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` to save a significant |
| 74 | amount of build time e.g. by adding the following in your configuration: | 74 | amount of build time e.g. by adding the following in your configuration:: |
| 75 | :: | ||
| 76 | 75 | ||
| 77 | DISTRO_FEATURES_remove = "ptest" | 76 | DISTRO_FEATURES_remove = "ptest" |
| 78 | 77 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/qa-checks.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/qa-checks.rst index 79d2d4266a..9cc4c577c7 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/qa-checks.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/qa-checks.rst | |||
| @@ -221,8 +221,7 @@ Errors and Warnings | |||
| 221 | Typically, the way to solve this performance issue is to add "-fPIC" | 221 | Typically, the way to solve this performance issue is to add "-fPIC" |
| 222 | or "-fpic" to the compiler command-line options. For example, given | 222 | or "-fpic" to the compiler command-line options. For example, given |
| 223 | software that reads :term:`CFLAGS` when you build it, | 223 | software that reads :term:`CFLAGS` when you build it, |
| 224 | you could add the following to your recipe: | 224 | you could add the following to your recipe:: |
| 225 | :: | ||
| 226 | 225 | ||
| 227 | CFLAGS_append = " -fPIC " | 226 | CFLAGS_append = " -fPIC " |
| 228 | 227 | ||
| @@ -240,8 +239,7 @@ Errors and Warnings | |||
| 240 | variable is being passed to the linker command. A common workaround | 239 | variable is being passed to the linker command. A common workaround |
| 241 | for this situation is to pass in ``LDFLAGS`` using | 240 | for this situation is to pass in ``LDFLAGS`` using |
| 242 | :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` within the recipe as | 241 | :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` within the recipe as |
| 243 | follows: | 242 | follows:: |
| 244 | :: | ||
| 245 | 243 | ||
| 246 | TARGET_CC_ARCH += "${LDFLAGS}" | 244 | TARGET_CC_ARCH += "${LDFLAGS}" |
| 247 | 245 | ||
| @@ -265,8 +263,7 @@ Errors and Warnings | |||
| 265 | 263 | ||
| 266 | The ``/usr/share/info/dir`` should not be packaged. Add the following | 264 | The ``/usr/share/info/dir`` should not be packaged. Add the following |
| 267 | line to your :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task or to your | 265 | line to your :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task or to your |
| 268 | ``do_install_append`` within the recipe as follows: | 266 | ``do_install_append`` within the recipe as follows:: |
| 269 | :: | ||
| 270 | 267 | ||
| 271 | rm ${D}${infodir}/dir | 268 | rm ${D}${infodir}/dir |
| 272 | Â | 269 | Â |
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/structure.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/structure.rst index 0f2093a8d4..f8dc7d2821 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/structure.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/structure.rst | |||
| @@ -153,8 +153,7 @@ When you run this script, your Yocto Project environment is set up, a | |||
| 153 | :term:`Build Directory` is created, your working | 153 | :term:`Build Directory` is created, your working |
| 154 | directory becomes the Build Directory, and you are presented with some | 154 | directory becomes the Build Directory, and you are presented with some |
| 155 | simple suggestions as to what to do next, including a list of some | 155 | simple suggestions as to what to do next, including a list of some |
| 156 | possible targets to build. Here is an example: | 156 | possible targets to build. Here is an example:: |
| 157 | :: | ||
| 158 | 157 | ||
| 159 | $ source oe-init-build-env | 158 | $ source oe-init-build-env |
| 160 | 159 | ||
| @@ -185,8 +184,7 @@ creates the ``build/`` directory in your current working directory. If | |||
| 185 | you provide a Build Directory argument when you ``source`` the script, | 184 | you provide a Build Directory argument when you ``source`` the script, |
| 186 | you direct the OpenEmbedded build system to create a Build Directory of | 185 | you direct the OpenEmbedded build system to create a Build Directory of |
| 187 | your choice. For example, the following command creates a Build | 186 | your choice. For example, the following command creates a Build |
| 188 | Directory named ``mybuilds/`` that is outside of the :term:`Source Directory`: | 187 | Directory named ``mybuilds/`` that is outside of the :term:`Source Directory`:: |
| 189 | :: | ||
| 190 | 188 | ||
| 191 | $ source oe-init-build-env ~/mybuilds | 189 | $ source oe-init-build-env ~/mybuilds |
| 192 | 190 | ||
| @@ -269,8 +267,7 @@ and to ``meta/conf/`` when you are building from the OpenEmbedded-Core | |||
| 269 | environment. Because the script variable points to the source of the | 267 | environment. Because the script variable points to the source of the |
| 270 | ``local.conf.sample`` file, this implies that you can configure your | 268 | ``local.conf.sample`` file, this implies that you can configure your |
| 271 | build environment from any layer by setting the variable in the | 269 | build environment from any layer by setting the variable in the |
| 272 | top-level build environment setup script as follows: | 270 | top-level build environment setup script as follows:: |
| 273 | :: | ||
| 274 | 271 | ||
| 275 | TEMPLATECONF=your_layer/conf | 272 | TEMPLATECONF=your_layer/conf |
| 276 | 273 | ||
| @@ -309,8 +306,7 @@ Project development environment, and to ``meta/conf/`` when you are | |||
| 309 | building from the OpenEmbedded-Core environment. Because the script | 306 | building from the OpenEmbedded-Core environment. Because the script |
| 310 | variable points to the source of the ``bblayers.conf.sample`` file, this | 307 | variable points to the source of the ``bblayers.conf.sample`` file, this |
| 311 | implies that you can base your build from any layer by setting the | 308 | implies that you can base your build from any layer by setting the |
| 312 | variable in the top-level build environment setup script as follows: | 309 | variable in the top-level build environment setup script as follows:: |
| 313 | :: | ||
| 314 | 310 | ||
| 315 | TEMPLATECONF=your_layer/conf | 311 | TEMPLATECONF=your_layer/conf |
| 316 | 312 | ||
| @@ -463,8 +459,7 @@ image again. | |||
| 463 | If you do accidentally delete files here, you will need to force them to | 459 | If you do accidentally delete files here, you will need to force them to |
| 464 | be re-created. In order to do that, you will need to know the target | 460 | be re-created. In order to do that, you will need to know the target |
| 465 | that produced them. For example, these commands rebuild and re-create | 461 | that produced them. For example, these commands rebuild and re-create |
| 466 | the kernel files: | 462 | the kernel files:: |
| 467 | :: | ||
| 468 | 463 | ||
| 469 | $ bitbake -c clean virtual/kernel | 464 | $ bitbake -c clean virtual/kernel |
| 470 | $ bitbake virtual/kernel | 465 | $ bitbake virtual/kernel |
| @@ -535,8 +530,7 @@ recipe-specific :term:`WORKDIR` directories. Thus, the | |||
| 535 | This directory holds information that BitBake uses for accounting | 530 | This directory holds information that BitBake uses for accounting |
| 536 | purposes to track what tasks have run and when they have run. The | 531 | purposes to track what tasks have run and when they have run. The |
| 537 | directory is sub-divided by architecture, package name, and version. | 532 | directory is sub-divided by architecture, package name, and version. |
| 538 | Following is an example: | 533 | Following is an example:: |
| 539 | :: | ||
| 540 | 534 | ||
| 541 | stamps/all-poky-linux/distcc-config/1.0-r0.do_build-2fdd....2do | 535 | stamps/all-poky-linux/distcc-config/1.0-r0.do_build-2fdd....2do |
| 542 | 536 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/system-requirements.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/system-requirements.rst index 80378cedb7..4fa4d3ef52 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/system-requirements.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/system-requirements.rst | |||
| @@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ supported Ubuntu or Debian Linux distribution: | |||
| 120 | might experience QEMU build failures due to the package installing | 120 | might experience QEMU build failures due to the package installing |
| 121 | its own custom ``/usr/include/linux/soundcard.h`` on the Debian | 121 | its own custom ``/usr/include/linux/soundcard.h`` on the Debian |
| 122 | system. If you run into this situation, either of the following | 122 | system. If you run into this situation, either of the following |
| 123 | solutions exist: | 123 | solutions exist:: |
| 124 | :: | ||
| 125 | 124 | ||
| 126 | $ sudo apt-get build-dep qemu | 125 | $ sudo apt-get build-dep qemu |
| 127 | $ sudo apt-get remove oss4-dev | 126 | $ sudo apt-get remove oss4-dev |
| @@ -132,14 +131,12 @@ supported Ubuntu or Debian Linux distribution: | |||
| 132 | 131 | ||
| 133 | $ sudo pip3 install GitPython pylint==1.9.5 | 132 | $ sudo pip3 install GitPython pylint==1.9.5 |
| 134 | 133 | ||
| 135 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image on a headless system: | 134 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image on a headless system:: |
| 136 | :: | ||
| 137 | 135 | ||
| 138 | $ sudo apt-get install &UBUNTU_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; | 136 | $ sudo apt-get install &UBUNTU_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; |
| 139 | 137 | ||
| 140 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the | 138 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the |
| 141 | Yocto Project documentation manuals: | 139 | Yocto Project documentation manuals:: |
| 142 | :: | ||
| 143 | 140 | ||
| 144 | $ sudo apt-get install make python3-pip | 141 | $ sudo apt-get install make python3-pip |
| 145 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; | 142 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; |
| @@ -157,14 +154,12 @@ The following list shows the required packages by function given a | |||
| 157 | supported Fedora Linux distribution: | 154 | supported Fedora Linux distribution: |
| 158 | 155 | ||
| 159 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless | 156 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless |
| 160 | system: | 157 | system:: |
| 161 | :: | ||
| 162 | 158 | ||
| 163 | $ sudo dnf install &FEDORA_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; | 159 | $ sudo dnf install &FEDORA_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; |
| 164 | 160 | ||
| 165 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the | 161 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the |
| 166 | Yocto Project documentation manuals: | 162 | Yocto Project documentation manuals:: |
| 167 | :: | ||
| 168 | 163 | ||
| 169 | $ sudo dnf install make python3-pip which | 164 | $ sudo dnf install make python3-pip which |
| 170 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; | 165 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; |
| @@ -176,14 +171,12 @@ The following list shows the required packages by function given a | |||
| 176 | supported openSUSE Linux distribution: | 171 | supported openSUSE Linux distribution: |
| 177 | 172 | ||
| 178 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless | 173 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless |
| 179 | system: | 174 | system:: |
| 180 | :: | ||
| 181 | 175 | ||
| 182 | $ sudo zypper install &OPENSUSE_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; | 176 | $ sudo zypper install &OPENSUSE_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; |
| 183 | 177 | ||
| 184 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the | 178 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the |
| 185 | Yocto Project documentation manuals: | 179 | Yocto Project documentation manuals:: |
| 186 | :: | ||
| 187 | 180 | ||
| 188 | $ sudo zypper install make python3-pip which | 181 | $ sudo zypper install make python3-pip which |
| 189 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; | 182 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; |
| @@ -196,8 +189,7 @@ The following list shows the required packages by function given a | |||
| 196 | supported CentOS-7 Linux distribution: | 189 | supported CentOS-7 Linux distribution: |
| 197 | 190 | ||
| 198 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless | 191 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless |
| 199 | system: | 192 | system:: |
| 200 | :: | ||
| 201 | 193 | ||
| 202 | $ sudo yum install &CENTOS7_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; | 194 | $ sudo yum install &CENTOS7_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; |
| 203 | 195 | ||
| @@ -212,8 +204,7 @@ supported CentOS-7 Linux distribution: | |||
| 212 | ``epel-release``. | 204 | ``epel-release``. |
| 213 | 205 | ||
| 214 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the | 206 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the |
| 215 | Yocto Project documentation manuals: | 207 | Yocto Project documentation manuals:: |
| 216 | :: | ||
| 217 | 208 | ||
| 218 | $ sudo yum install make python3-pip which | 209 | $ sudo yum install make python3-pip which |
| 219 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; | 210 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; |
| @@ -225,8 +216,7 @@ The following list shows the required packages by function given a | |||
| 225 | supported CentOS-8 Linux distribution: | 216 | supported CentOS-8 Linux distribution: |
| 226 | 217 | ||
| 227 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless | 218 | - *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless |
| 228 | system: | 219 | system:: |
| 229 | :: | ||
| 230 | 220 | ||
| 231 | $ sudo dnf install &CENTOS8_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; | 221 | $ sudo dnf install &CENTOS8_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL; |
| 232 | 222 | ||
| @@ -244,8 +234,7 @@ supported CentOS-8 Linux distribution: | |||
| 244 | ``epel-release``. | 234 | ``epel-release``. |
| 245 | 235 | ||
| 246 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the | 236 | - *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the |
| 247 | Yocto Project documentation manuals: | 237 | Yocto Project documentation manuals:: |
| 248 | :: | ||
| 249 | 238 | ||
| 250 | $ sudo dnf install make python3-pip which | 239 | $ sudo dnf install make python3-pip which |
| 251 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; | 240 | &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC; |
| @@ -287,8 +276,7 @@ The ``install-buildtools`` script is the easiest of the three methods by | |||
| 287 | which you can get these tools. It downloads a pre-built buildtools | 276 | which you can get these tools. It downloads a pre-built buildtools |
| 288 | installer and automatically installs the tools for you: | 277 | installer and automatically installs the tools for you: |
| 289 | 278 | ||
| 290 | 1. Execute the ``install-buildtools`` script. Here is an example: | 279 | 1. Execute the ``install-buildtools`` script. Here is an example:: |
| 291 | :: | ||
| 292 | 280 | ||
| 293 | $ cd poky | 281 | $ cd poky |
| 294 | $ scripts/install-buildtools --without-extended-buildtools \ | 282 | $ scripts/install-buildtools --without-extended-buildtools \ |
| @@ -302,22 +290,19 @@ installer and automatically installs the tools for you: | |||
| 302 | installation is functional. | 290 | installation is functional. |
| 303 | 291 | ||
| 304 | To avoid the need of ``sudo`` privileges, the ``install-buildtools`` | 292 | To avoid the need of ``sudo`` privileges, the ``install-buildtools`` |
| 305 | script will by default tell the installer to install in: | 293 | script will by default tell the installer to install in:: |
| 306 | :: | ||
| 307 | 294 | ||
| 308 | /path/to/poky/buildtools | 295 | /path/to/poky/buildtools |
| 309 | 296 | ||
| 310 | If your host development system needs the additional tools provided | 297 | If your host development system needs the additional tools provided |
| 311 | in the ``buildtools-extended`` tarball, you can instead execute the | 298 | in the ``buildtools-extended`` tarball, you can instead execute the |
| 312 | ``install-buildtools`` script with the default parameters: | 299 | ``install-buildtools`` script with the default parameters:: |
| 313 | :: | ||
| 314 | 300 | ||
| 315 | $ cd poky | 301 | $ cd poky |
| 316 | $ scripts/install-buildtools | 302 | $ scripts/install-buildtools |
| 317 | 303 | ||
| 318 | 2. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the | 304 | 2. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the |
| 319 | following: | 305 | following:: |
| 320 | :: | ||
| 321 | 306 | ||
| 322 | $ source /path/to/poky/buildtools/environment-setup-x86_64-pokysdk-linux | 307 | $ source /path/to/poky/buildtools/environment-setup-x86_64-pokysdk-linux |
| 323 | 308 | ||
| @@ -342,13 +327,11 @@ steps: | |||
| 342 | 1. Locate and download the ``*.sh`` at &YOCTO_RELEASE_DL_URL;/buildtools/ | 327 | 1. Locate and download the ``*.sh`` at &YOCTO_RELEASE_DL_URL;/buildtools/ |
| 343 | 328 | ||
| 344 | 2. Execute the installation script. Here is an example for the | 329 | 2. Execute the installation script. Here is an example for the |
| 345 | traditional installer: | 330 | traditional installer:: |
| 346 | :: | ||
| 347 | 331 | ||
| 348 | $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh | 332 | $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh |
| 349 | 333 | ||
| 350 | Here is an example for the extended installer: | 334 | Here is an example for the extended installer:: |
| 351 | :: | ||
| 352 | 335 | ||
| 353 | $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-extended-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh | 336 | $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-extended-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh |
| 354 | 337 | ||
| @@ -357,8 +340,7 @@ steps: | |||
| 357 | ``/home/your-username/buildtools`` | 340 | ``/home/your-username/buildtools`` |
| 358 | 341 | ||
| 359 | 3. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the | 342 | 3. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the |
| 360 | following: | 343 | following:: |
| 361 | :: | ||
| 362 | 344 | ||
| 363 | $ source /home/your_username/buildtools/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux | 345 | $ source /home/your_username/buildtools/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux |
| 364 | 346 | ||
| @@ -390,13 +372,11 @@ installer: | |||
| 390 | your build environment with the setup script | 372 | your build environment with the setup script |
| 391 | (:ref:`structure-core-script`). | 373 | (:ref:`structure-core-script`). |
| 392 | 374 | ||
| 393 | 2. Run the BitBake command to build the tarball: | 375 | 2. Run the BitBake command to build the tarball:: |
| 394 | :: | ||
| 395 | 376 | ||
| 396 | $ bitbake buildtools-tarball | 377 | $ bitbake buildtools-tarball |
| 397 | 378 | ||
| 398 | or run the BitBake command to build the extended tarball: | 379 | or run the BitBake command to build the extended tarball:: |
| 399 | :: | ||
| 400 | 380 | ||
| 401 | $ bitbake buildtools-extended-tarball | 381 | $ bitbake buildtools-extended-tarball |
| 402 | 382 | ||
| @@ -415,13 +395,11 @@ installer: | |||
| 415 | 395 | ||
| 416 | 4. On the machine that does not meet the requirements, run the ``.sh`` | 396 | 4. On the machine that does not meet the requirements, run the ``.sh`` |
| 417 | file to install the tools. Here is an example for the traditional | 397 | file to install the tools. Here is an example for the traditional |
| 418 | installer: | 398 | installer:: |
| 419 | :: | ||
| 420 | 399 | ||
| 421 | $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh | 400 | $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh |
| 422 | 401 | ||
| 423 | Here is an example for the extended installer: | 402 | Here is an example for the extended installer:: |
| 424 | :: | ||
| 425 | 403 | ||
| 426 | $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-extended-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh | 404 | $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-extended-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh |
| 427 | 405 | ||
| @@ -430,8 +408,7 @@ installer: | |||
| 430 | ``/home/your_username/buildtools`` | 408 | ``/home/your_username/buildtools`` |
| 431 | 409 | ||
| 432 | 5. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the | 410 | 5. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the |
| 433 | following: | 411 | following:: |
| 434 | :: | ||
| 435 | 412 | ||
| 436 | $ source /home/your_username/buildtools/environment-setup-x86_64-poky-linux | 413 | $ source /home/your_username/buildtools/environment-setup-x86_64-poky-linux |
| 437 | 414 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/tasks.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/tasks.rst index 9fe1c296aa..001edf6bb3 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/tasks.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/tasks.rst | |||
| @@ -93,8 +93,7 @@ output from ``${DEPLOYDIR}`` to ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}``. | |||
| 93 | The ``do_deploy`` task is not added as a task by default and | 93 | The ``do_deploy`` task is not added as a task by default and |
| 94 | consequently needs to be added manually. If you want the task to run | 94 | consequently needs to be added manually. If you want the task to run |
| 95 | after :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, you can add it by doing | 95 | after :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, you can add it by doing |
| 96 | the following: | 96 | the following:: |
| 97 | :: | ||
| 98 | 97 | ||
| 99 | addtask deploy after do_compile | 98 | addtask deploy after do_compile |
| 100 | 99 | ||
| @@ -103,8 +102,7 @@ Adding ``do_deploy`` after other tasks works the same way. | |||
| 103 | .. note:: | 102 | .. note:: |
| 104 | 103 | ||
| 105 | You do not need to add ``before do_build`` to the ``addtask`` command | 104 | You do not need to add ``before do_build`` to the ``addtask`` command |
| 106 | (though it is harmless), because the ``base`` class contains the following: | 105 | (though it is harmless), because the ``base`` class contains the following:: |
| 107 | :: | ||
| 108 | 106 | ||
| 109 | do_build[recrdeptask] += "do_deploy" | 107 | do_build[recrdeptask] += "do_deploy" |
| 110 | 108 | ||
| @@ -302,13 +300,11 @@ Patch files, by default, are ``*.patch`` and ``*.diff`` files created | |||
| 302 | and kept in a subdirectory of the directory holding the recipe file. For | 300 | and kept in a subdirectory of the directory holding the recipe file. For |
| 303 | example, consider the | 301 | example, consider the |
| 304 | :yocto_git:`bluez5 </poky/tree/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5>` | 302 | :yocto_git:`bluez5 </poky/tree/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5>` |
| 305 | recipe from the OE-Core layer (i.e. ``poky/meta``): | 303 | recipe from the OE-Core layer (i.e. ``poky/meta``):: |
| 306 | :: | ||
| 307 | 304 | ||
| 308 | poky/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5 | 305 | poky/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5 |
| 309 | 306 | ||
| 310 | This recipe has two patch files located here: | 307 | This recipe has two patch files located here:: |
| 311 | :: | ||
| 312 | 308 | ||
| 313 | poky/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5/bluez5 | 309 | poky/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5/bluez5 |
| 314 | 310 | ||
| @@ -323,8 +319,7 @@ and patch files needed to build the package. | |||
| 323 | As mentioned earlier, the build system treats files whose file types are | 319 | As mentioned earlier, the build system treats files whose file types are |
| 324 | ``.patch`` and ``.diff`` as patch files. However, you can use the | 320 | ``.patch`` and ``.diff`` as patch files. However, you can use the |
| 325 | "apply=yes" parameter with the ``SRC_URI`` statement to indicate any | 321 | "apply=yes" parameter with the ``SRC_URI`` statement to indicate any |
| 326 | file as a patch file: | 322 | file as a patch file:: |
| 327 | :: | ||
| 328 | 323 | ||
| 329 | SRC_URI = " \ | 324 | SRC_URI = " \ |
| 330 | git://path_to_repo/some_package \ | 325 | git://path_to_repo/some_package \ |
| @@ -334,8 +329,7 @@ file as a patch file: | |||
| 334 | Conversely, if you have a directory full of patch files and you want to | 329 | Conversely, if you have a directory full of patch files and you want to |
| 335 | exclude some so that the ``do_patch`` task does not apply them during | 330 | exclude some so that the ``do_patch`` task does not apply them during |
| 336 | the patch phase, you can use the "apply=no" parameter with the | 331 | the patch phase, you can use the "apply=no" parameter with the |
| 337 | ``SRC_URI`` statement: | 332 | ``SRC_URI`` statement:: |
| 338 | :: | ||
| 339 | 333 | ||
| 340 | SRC_URI = " \ | 334 | SRC_URI = " \ |
| 341 | git://path_to_repo/some_package \ | 335 | git://path_to_repo/some_package \ |
| @@ -455,8 +449,7 @@ of the recipe exists upstream and a status of not updated, updated, or | |||
| 455 | unknown. | 449 | unknown. |
| 456 | 450 | ||
| 457 | To check the upstream version and status of a recipe, use the following | 451 | To check the upstream version and status of a recipe, use the following |
| 458 | devtool commands: | 452 | devtool commands:: |
| 459 | :: | ||
| 460 | 453 | ||
| 461 | $ devtool latest-version | 454 | $ devtool latest-version |
| 462 | $ devtool check-upgrade-status | 455 | $ devtool check-upgrade-status |
| @@ -467,8 +460,7 @@ chapter for more information on | |||
| 467 | section for information on checking the upgrade status of a recipe. | 460 | section for information on checking the upgrade status of a recipe. |
| 468 | 461 | ||
| 469 | To build the ``checkpkg`` task, use the ``bitbake`` command with the | 462 | To build the ``checkpkg`` task, use the ``bitbake`` command with the |
| 470 | "-c" option and task name: | 463 | "-c" option and task name:: |
| 471 | :: | ||
| 472 | 464 | ||
| 473 | $ bitbake core-image-minimal -c checkpkg | 465 | $ bitbake core-image-minimal -c checkpkg |
| 474 | 466 | ||
| @@ -494,8 +486,7 @@ Removes all output files for a target from the | |||
| 494 | :ref:`ref-tasks-install`, and | 486 | :ref:`ref-tasks-install`, and |
| 495 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package`). | 487 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package`). |
| 496 | 488 | ||
| 497 | You can run this task using BitBake as follows: | 489 | You can run this task using BitBake as follows:: |
| 498 | :: | ||
| 499 | 490 | ||
| 500 | $ bitbake -c clean recipe | 491 | $ bitbake -c clean recipe |
| 501 | 492 | ||
| @@ -519,8 +510,7 @@ downloaded source files for a target (i.e. the contents of | |||
| 519 | identical to the :ref:`ref-tasks-cleansstate` task | 510 | identical to the :ref:`ref-tasks-cleansstate` task |
| 520 | with the added removal of downloaded source files. | 511 | with the added removal of downloaded source files. |
| 521 | 512 | ||
| 522 | You can run this task using BitBake as follows: | 513 | You can run this task using BitBake as follows:: |
| 523 | :: | ||
| 524 | 514 | ||
| 525 | $ bitbake -c cleanall recipe | 515 | $ bitbake -c cleanall recipe |
| 526 | 516 | ||
| @@ -540,8 +530,7 @@ target. Essentially, the ``do_cleansstate`` task is identical to the | |||
| 540 | shared state (:ref:`sstate <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>`) | 530 | shared state (:ref:`sstate <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>`) |
| 541 | cache. | 531 | cache. |
| 542 | 532 | ||
| 543 | You can run this task using BitBake as follows: | 533 | You can run this task using BitBake as follows:: |
| 544 | :: | ||
| 545 | 534 | ||
| 546 | $ bitbake -c cleansstate recipe | 535 | $ bitbake -c cleansstate recipe |
| 547 | 536 | ||
| @@ -553,8 +542,7 @@ scratch is guaranteed. | |||
| 553 | 542 | ||
| 554 | The ``do_cleansstate`` task cannot remove sstate from a remote sstate | 543 | The ``do_cleansstate`` task cannot remove sstate from a remote sstate |
| 555 | mirror. If you need to build a target from scratch using remote mirrors, use | 544 | mirror. If you need to build a target from scratch using remote mirrors, use |
| 556 | the "-f" option as follows: | 545 | the "-f" option as follows:: |
| 557 | :: | ||
| 558 | 546 | ||
| 559 | $ bitbake -f -c do_cleansstate target | 547 | $ bitbake -f -c do_cleansstate target |
| 560 | 548 | ||
| @@ -687,8 +675,7 @@ changes made by the user with other methods (i.e. using | |||
| 687 | (:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_menuconfig`). Once the | 675 | (:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_menuconfig`). Once the |
| 688 | file of differences is created, it can be used to create a config | 676 | file of differences is created, it can be used to create a config |
| 689 | fragment that only contains the differences. You can invoke this task | 677 | fragment that only contains the differences. You can invoke this task |
| 690 | from the command line as follows: | 678 | from the command line as follows:: |
| 691 | :: | ||
| 692 | 679 | ||
| 693 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c diffconfig | 680 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c diffconfig |
| 694 | 681 | ||
| @@ -718,8 +705,7 @@ Validates the configuration produced by the | |||
| 718 | configuration does not appear in the final ``.config`` file or when you | 705 | configuration does not appear in the final ``.config`` file or when you |
| 719 | override a policy configuration in a hardware configuration fragment. | 706 | override a policy configuration in a hardware configuration fragment. |
| 720 | You can run this task explicitly and view the output by using the | 707 | You can run this task explicitly and view the output by using the |
| 721 | following command: | 708 | following command:: |
| 722 | :: | ||
| 723 | 709 | ||
| 724 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configcheck -f | 710 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configcheck -f |
| 725 | 711 | ||
| @@ -750,8 +736,7 @@ tool, which you then use to modify the kernel configuration. | |||
| 750 | 736 | ||
| 751 | .. note:: | 737 | .. note:: |
| 752 | 738 | ||
| 753 | You can also invoke this tool from the command line as follows: | 739 | You can also invoke this tool from the command line as follows:: |
| 754 | :: | ||
| 755 | 740 | ||
| 756 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig | 741 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig |
| 757 | 742 | ||
| @@ -793,8 +778,7 @@ instead of the default defconfig. The saved defconfig contains the | |||
| 793 | differences between the default defconfig and the changes made by the | 778 | differences between the default defconfig and the changes made by the |
| 794 | user using other methods (i.e. the | 779 | user using other methods (i.e. the |
| 795 | :ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_menuconfig` task. You | 780 | :ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_menuconfig` task. You |
| 796 | can invoke the task using the following command: | 781 | can invoke the task using the following command:: |
| 797 | :: | ||
| 798 | 782 | ||
| 799 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c savedefconfig | 783 | $ bitbake linux-yocto -c savedefconfig |
| 800 | 784 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/terms.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/terms.rst index 32bb75b271..0af9af6485 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/terms.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/terms.rst | |||
| @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ universal, the list includes them just in case: | |||
| 26 | 26 | ||
| 27 | When you name an append file, you can use the "``%``" wildcard character | 27 | When you name an append file, you can use the "``%``" wildcard character |
| 28 | to allow for matching recipe names. For example, suppose you have an | 28 | to allow for matching recipe names. For example, suppose you have an |
| 29 | append file named as follows: | 29 | append file named as follows:: |
| 30 | :: | ||
| 31 | 30 | ||
| 32 | busybox_1.21.%.bbappend | 31 | busybox_1.21.%.bbappend |
| 33 | 32 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/variables.rst b/documentation/ref-manual/variables.rst index 9435aec458..64521b89bb 100644 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/variables.rst +++ b/documentation/ref-manual/variables.rst | |||
| @@ -24,8 +24,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the | 25 | ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the |
| 26 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the | 26 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the |
| 27 | following extension: | 27 | following extension:: |
| 28 | :: | ||
| 29 | 28 | ||
| 30 | ABIEXTENSION = "eabi" | 29 | ABIEXTENSION = "eabi" |
| 31 | 30 | ||
| @@ -37,8 +36,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 37 | requirement on the existence of the package. | 36 | requirement on the existence of the package. |
| 38 | 37 | ||
| 39 | Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in | 38 | Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in |
| 40 | conjunction with a package name override, as in: | 39 | conjunction with a package name override, as in:: |
| 41 | :: | ||
| 42 | 40 | ||
| 43 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1" | 41 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1" |
| 44 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1" | 42 | ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1" |
| @@ -54,8 +52,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 54 | To use the variable, list out the package's commands that also exist | 52 | To use the variable, list out the package's commands that also exist |
| 55 | as part of another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package | 53 | as part of another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package |
| 56 | has four commands that also exist as part of another package, you | 54 | has four commands that also exist as part of another package, you |
| 57 | identify them as follows: | 55 | identify them as follows:: |
| 58 | :: | ||
| 59 | 56 | ||
| 60 | ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket" | 57 | ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket" |
| 61 | 58 | ||
| @@ -68,8 +65,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 68 | locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the | 65 | locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the |
| 69 | ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must | 66 | ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must |
| 70 | use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual | 67 | use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual |
| 71 | location: | 68 | location:: |
| 72 | :: | ||
| 73 | 69 | ||
| 74 | ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/[" | 70 | ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/[" |
| 75 | 71 | ||
| @@ -90,8 +86,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 90 | default regardless of the command name or package, a default for | 86 | default regardless of the command name or package, a default for |
| 91 | specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default | 87 | specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default |
| 92 | for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the | 88 | for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the |
| 93 | available syntax forms: | 89 | available syntax forms:: |
| 94 | :: | ||
| 95 | 90 | ||
| 96 | ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority" | 91 | ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority" |
| 97 | ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority" | 92 | ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority" |
| @@ -107,8 +102,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 107 | default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the | 102 | default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the |
| 108 | command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands | 103 | command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands |
| 109 | regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to | 104 | regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to |
| 110 | particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms: | 105 | particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:: |
| 111 | :: | ||
| 112 | 106 | ||
| 113 | ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target" | 107 | ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target" |
| 114 | ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target" | 108 | ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target" |
| @@ -159,8 +153,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 159 | determines the type of information used to create a released archive. | 153 | determines the type of information used to create a released archive. |
| 160 | You can use this variable to create archives of patched source, | 154 | You can use this variable to create archives of patched source, |
| 161 | original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the | 155 | original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the |
| 162 | following variable flags (varflags): | 156 | following variable flags (varflags):: |
| 163 | :: | ||
| 164 | 157 | ||
| 165 | ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files. | 158 | ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files. |
| 166 | ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default. | 159 | ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default. |
| @@ -193,14 +186,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 193 | system. Separate multiple entries using spaces. | 186 | system. Separate multiple entries using spaces. |
| 194 | 187 | ||
| 195 | As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of | 188 | As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of |
| 196 | shlibname in packagename with the optional version: | 189 | shlibname in packagename with the optional version:: |
| 197 | :: | ||
| 198 | 190 | ||
| 199 | shlibname:packagename[_version] | 191 | shlibname:packagename[_version] |
| 200 | 192 | ||
| 201 | Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1`` | 193 | Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1`` |
| 202 | as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package: | 194 | as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package:: |
| 203 | :: | ||
| 204 | 195 | ||
| 205 | ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation" | 196 | ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation" |
| 206 | 197 | ||
| @@ -224,8 +215,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 224 | 215 | ||
| 225 | :term:`AUTOREV` | 216 | :term:`AUTOREV` |
| 226 | When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to | 217 | When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to |
| 227 | use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example: | 218 | use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example:: |
| 228 | :: | ||
| 229 | 219 | ||
| 230 | SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" | 220 | SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" |
| 231 | 221 | ||
| @@ -286,8 +276,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 286 | The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in | 276 | The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in |
| 287 | which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a | 277 | which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a |
| 288 | recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the | 278 | recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the |
| 289 | :term:`S` directory, which is defined as: | 279 | :term:`S` directory, which is defined as:: |
| 290 | :: | ||
| 291 | 280 | ||
| 292 | S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}" | 281 | S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}" |
| 293 | 282 | ||
| @@ -301,15 +290,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 301 | packages are packages installed only through the | 290 | packages are packages installed only through the |
| 302 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any | 291 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any |
| 303 | of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them | 292 | of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them |
| 304 | with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable: | 293 | with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable:: |
| 305 | :: | ||
| 306 | 294 | ||
| 307 | BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..." | 295 | BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..." |
| 308 | 296 | ||
| 309 | You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you | 297 | You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you |
| 310 | can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name | 298 | can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name |
| 311 | override: | 299 | override:: |
| 312 | :: | ||
| 313 | 300 | ||
| 314 | BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name" | 301 | BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name" |
| 315 | 302 | ||
| @@ -394,8 +381,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 394 | 381 | ||
| 395 | You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1", | 382 | You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1", |
| 396 | "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the | 383 | "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the |
| 397 | :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example: | 384 | :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example:: |
| 398 | :: | ||
| 399 | 385 | ||
| 400 | BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1" | 386 | BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1" |
| 401 | 387 | ||
| @@ -444,8 +430,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 444 | not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by | 430 | not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by |
| 445 | default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. | 431 | default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. |
| 446 | 432 | ||
| 447 | Here are some examples: | 433 | Here are some examples:: |
| 448 | :: | ||
| 449 | 434 | ||
| 450 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" | 435 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" |
| 451 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" | 436 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" |
| @@ -485,8 +470,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 485 | 470 | ||
| 486 | If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you | 471 | If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you |
| 487 | do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk | 472 | do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk |
| 488 | monitoring interval defaults to the following: | 473 | monitoring interval defaults to the following:: |
| 489 | :: | ||
| 490 | 474 | ||
| 491 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" | 475 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" |
| 492 | 476 | ||
| @@ -509,8 +493,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 509 | G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, | 493 | G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, |
| 510 | respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. | 494 | respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. |
| 511 | 495 | ||
| 512 | Here is an example: | 496 | Here is an example:: |
| 513 | :: | ||
| 514 | 497 | ||
| 515 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" | 498 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" |
| 516 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" | 499 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" |
| @@ -566,8 +549,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 566 | long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations. | 549 | long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations. |
| 567 | 550 | ||
| 568 | For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file | 551 | For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file |
| 569 | instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity: | 552 | instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity:: |
| 570 | :: | ||
| 571 | 553 | ||
| 572 | BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20" | 554 | BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20" |
| 573 | 555 | ||
| @@ -585,8 +567,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 585 | "``multilib:``\ multilib_name". | 567 | "``multilib:``\ multilib_name". |
| 586 | 568 | ||
| 587 | To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of | 569 | To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of |
| 588 | code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe: | 570 | code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe:: |
| 589 | :: | ||
| 590 | 571 | ||
| 591 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" | 572 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" |
| 592 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" | 573 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" |
| @@ -662,8 +643,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 662 | 643 | ||
| 663 | Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``: | 644 | Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``: |
| 664 | collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two | 645 | collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two |
| 665 | collection names and two filename patterns: | 646 | collection names and two filename patterns:: |
| 666 | :: | ||
| 667 | 647 | ||
| 668 | BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \ | 648 | BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \ |
| 669 | clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ | 649 | clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ |
| @@ -691,8 +671,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 691 | :term:`BBLAYERS` | 671 | :term:`BBLAYERS` |
| 692 | Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined | 672 | Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined |
| 693 | in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`. | 673 | in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| 694 | Here is an example: | 674 | Here is an example:: |
| 695 | :: | ||
| 696 | 675 | ||
| 697 | BBLAYERS = " \ | 676 | BBLAYERS = " \ |
| 698 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ | 677 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ |
| @@ -721,8 +700,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 721 | 700 | ||
| 722 | The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell | 701 | The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell |
| 723 | BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the | 702 | BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the |
| 724 | ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory: | 703 | ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory:: |
| 725 | :: | ||
| 726 | 704 | ||
| 727 | BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" | 705 | BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" |
| 728 | 706 | ||
| @@ -746,8 +724,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 746 | building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in | 724 | building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in |
| 747 | your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a | 725 | your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a |
| 748 | multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For | 726 | multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For |
| 749 | example, the following line specifies three configuration files: | 727 | example, the following line specifies three configuration files:: |
| 750 | :: | ||
| 751 | 728 | ||
| 752 | BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC" | 729 | BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC" |
| 753 | 730 | ||
| @@ -770,8 +747,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 770 | If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the | 747 | If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the |
| 771 | :term:`Build Directory`, you must be sure to set ``BBPATH`` | 748 | :term:`Build Directory`, you must be sure to set ``BBPATH`` |
| 772 | to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any | 749 | to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any |
| 773 | environment variable and then run BitBake: | 750 | environment variable and then run BitBake:: |
| 774 | :: | ||
| 775 | 751 | ||
| 776 | $ BBPATH = "build_directory" | 752 | $ BBPATH = "build_directory" |
| 777 | $ export BBPATH | 753 | $ export BBPATH |
| @@ -783,8 +759,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 783 | BitBake remote server. | 759 | BitBake remote server. |
| 784 | 760 | ||
| 785 | Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake | 761 | Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake |
| 786 | environment: | 762 | environment:: |
| 787 | :: | ||
| 788 | 763 | ||
| 789 | export BBSERVER=localhost:$port | 764 | export BBSERVER=localhost:$port |
| 790 | 765 | ||
| @@ -803,8 +778,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 803 | replaced. | 778 | replaced. |
| 804 | 779 | ||
| 805 | To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example | 780 | To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example |
| 806 | from the ``libpng`` recipe: | 781 | from the ``libpng`` recipe:: |
| 807 | :: | ||
| 808 | 782 | ||
| 809 | BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config" | 783 | BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config" |
| 810 | 784 | ||
| @@ -834,8 +808,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 834 | :term:`BP` | 808 | :term:`BP` |
| 835 | The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name | 809 | The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name |
| 836 | suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is | 810 | suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is |
| 837 | comprised of the following: | 811 | comprised of the following:: |
| 838 | :: | ||
| 839 | 812 | ||
| 840 | ${BPN}-${PV} | 813 | ${BPN}-${PV} |
| 841 | 814 | ||
| @@ -975,8 +948,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 975 | you should set this value to "1". | 948 | you should set this value to "1". |
| 976 | 949 | ||
| 977 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build | 950 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build |
| 978 | history output in a local Git repository: | 951 | history output in a local Git repository:: |
| 979 | :: | ||
| 980 | 952 | ||
| 981 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0" | 953 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0" |
| 982 | 954 | ||
| @@ -992,8 +964,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 992 | email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid | 964 | email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid |
| 993 | does not produce an error. | 965 | does not produce an error. |
| 994 | 966 | ||
| 995 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows: | 967 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:: |
| 996 | :: | ||
| 997 | 968 | ||
| 998 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>" | 969 | BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>" |
| 999 | 970 | ||
| @@ -1003,8 +974,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1003 | information is kept. For more information on how the variable works, | 974 | information is kept. For more information on how the variable works, |
| 1004 | see the ``buildhistory.class``. | 975 | see the ``buildhistory.class``. |
| 1005 | 976 | ||
| 1006 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows: | 977 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows:: |
| 1007 | :: | ||
| 1008 | 978 | ||
| 1009 | BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory" | 979 | BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory" |
| 1010 | 980 | ||
| @@ -1032,8 +1002,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1032 | each file staged (i.e. the output of the task). | 1002 | each file staged (i.e. the output of the task). |
| 1033 | 1003 | ||
| 1034 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following | 1004 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following |
| 1035 | features: | 1005 | features:: |
| 1036 | :: | ||
| 1037 | 1006 | ||
| 1038 | BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk" | 1007 | BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk" |
| 1039 | 1008 | ||
| @@ -1049,8 +1018,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1049 | Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present. | 1018 | Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present. |
| 1050 | 1019 | ||
| 1051 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the | 1020 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the |
| 1052 | following files: | 1021 | following files:: |
| 1053 | :: | ||
| 1054 | 1022 | ||
| 1055 | BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group" | 1023 | BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group" |
| 1056 | 1024 | ||
| @@ -1067,8 +1035,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1067 | that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local | 1035 | that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local |
| 1068 | repository. | 1036 | repository. |
| 1069 | 1037 | ||
| 1070 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows: | 1038 | By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:: |
| 1071 | :: | ||
| 1072 | 1039 | ||
| 1073 | BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= "" | 1040 | BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= "" |
| 1074 | 1041 | ||
| @@ -1152,8 +1119,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1152 | ``bitbake.conf`` file. | 1119 | ``bitbake.conf`` file. |
| 1153 | 1120 | ||
| 1154 | As an example, the following override allows you to install extra | 1121 | As an example, the following override allows you to install extra |
| 1155 | files, but only when building for the target: | 1122 | files, but only when building for the target:: |
| 1156 | :: | ||
| 1157 | 1123 | ||
| 1158 | do_install_append_class-target() { | 1124 | do_install_append_class-target() { |
| 1159 | install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir} | 1125 | install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir} |
| @@ -1161,8 +1127,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1161 | 1127 | ||
| 1162 | Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to | 1128 | Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to |
| 1163 | "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not | 1129 | "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not |
| 1164 | building for the build host: | 1130 | building for the build host:: |
| 1165 | :: | ||
| 1166 | 1131 | ||
| 1167 | FOO_class-native = "native" | 1132 | FOO_class-native = "native" |
| 1168 | FOO = "other" | 1133 | FOO = "other" |
| @@ -1235,8 +1200,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1235 | 1200 | ||
| 1236 | To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag | 1201 | To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag |
| 1237 | to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the | 1202 | to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the |
| 1238 | wildcard. Here is an example: | 1203 | wildcard. Here is an example:: |
| 1239 | :: | ||
| 1240 | 1204 | ||
| 1241 | COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev' | 1205 | COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev' |
| 1242 | 1206 | ||
| @@ -1268,8 +1232,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1268 | 1232 | ||
| 1269 | To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override | 1233 | To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override |
| 1270 | that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a | 1234 | that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a |
| 1271 | space-separated list of files. Here is an example: | 1235 | space-separated list of files. Here is an example:: |
| 1272 | :: | ||
| 1273 | 1236 | ||
| 1274 | CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ | 1237 | CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ |
| 1275 | ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3" | 1238 | ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3" |
| @@ -1524,8 +1487,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1524 | The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory` | 1487 | The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory` |
| 1525 | where components are installed by the | 1488 | where components are installed by the |
| 1526 | :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults | 1489 | :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults |
| 1527 | to: | 1490 | to:: |
| 1528 | :: | ||
| 1529 | 1491 | ||
| 1530 | ${WORKDIR}/image | 1492 | ${WORKDIR}/image |
| 1531 | 1493 | ||
| @@ -1547,8 +1509,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1547 | which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a | 1509 | which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a |
| 1548 | particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library | 1510 | particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library |
| 1549 | package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you | 1511 | package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you |
| 1550 | set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe: | 1512 | set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe:: |
| 1551 | :: | ||
| 1552 | 1513 | ||
| 1553 | DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1" | 1514 | DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1" |
| 1554 | 1515 | ||
| @@ -1558,8 +1519,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1558 | the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library | 1519 | the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library |
| 1559 | name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an | 1520 | name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an |
| 1560 | override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the | 1521 | override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the |
| 1561 | ``dbus`` recipe: | 1522 | ``dbus`` recipe:: |
| 1562 | :: | ||
| 1563 | 1523 | ||
| 1564 | DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1" | 1524 | DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1" |
| 1565 | 1525 | ||
| @@ -1610,8 +1570,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1610 | needed by the recipe at build time. | 1570 | needed by the recipe at build time. |
| 1611 | 1571 | ||
| 1612 | As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following | 1572 | As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following |
| 1613 | assignment: | 1573 | assignment:: |
| 1614 | :: | ||
| 1615 | 1574 | ||
| 1616 | DEPENDS = "bar" | 1575 | DEPENDS = "bar" |
| 1617 | 1576 | ||
| @@ -1635,8 +1594,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1635 | As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities | 1594 | As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities |
| 1636 | that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe | 1595 | that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe |
| 1637 | that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen`` | 1596 | that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen`` |
| 1638 | might have the following: | 1597 | might have the following:: |
| 1639 | :: | ||
| 1640 | 1598 | ||
| 1641 | DEPENDS = "codegen-native" | 1599 | DEPENDS = "codegen-native" |
| 1642 | 1600 | ||
| @@ -1702,8 +1660,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1702 | 1660 | ||
| 1703 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines the | 1661 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines the |
| 1704 | ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of | 1662 | ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of |
| 1705 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: | 1663 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: |
| 1706 | :: | ||
| 1707 | 1664 | ||
| 1708 | DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb" | 1665 | DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb" |
| 1709 | 1666 | ||
| @@ -1738,8 +1695,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1738 | "package_ipk". | 1695 | "package_ipk". |
| 1739 | 1696 | ||
| 1740 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a | 1697 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| 1741 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: | 1698 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: |
| 1742 | :: | ||
| 1743 | 1699 | ||
| 1744 | DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk" | 1700 | DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk" |
| 1745 | 1701 | ||
| @@ -1759,8 +1715,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1759 | "package_rpm". | 1715 | "package_rpm". |
| 1760 | 1716 | ||
| 1761 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a | 1717 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| 1762 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: | 1718 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: |
| 1763 | :: | ||
| 1764 | 1719 | ||
| 1765 | DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm" | 1720 | DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm" |
| 1766 | 1721 | ||
| @@ -1780,8 +1735,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1780 | "package_tar". | 1735 | "package_tar". |
| 1781 | 1736 | ||
| 1782 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a | 1737 | The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| 1783 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: | 1738 | sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: |
| 1784 | :: | ||
| 1785 | 1739 | ||
| 1786 | DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar" | 1740 | DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar" |
| 1787 | 1741 | ||
| @@ -1796,8 +1750,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1796 | :term:`DEPLOYDIR` | 1750 | :term:`DEPLOYDIR` |
| 1797 | When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the | 1751 | When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the |
| 1798 | ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that | 1752 | ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that |
| 1799 | is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows: | 1753 | is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows:: |
| 1800 | :: | ||
| 1801 | 1754 | ||
| 1802 | DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}" | 1755 | DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}" |
| 1803 | 1756 | ||
| @@ -1824,8 +1777,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1824 | :term:`Source Directory`. | 1777 | :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 1825 | 1778 | ||
| 1826 | Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as | 1779 | Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as |
| 1827 | follows: | 1780 | follows:: |
| 1828 | :: | ||
| 1829 | 1781 | ||
| 1830 | DISTRO = "poky" | 1782 | DISTRO = "poky" |
| 1831 | 1783 | ||
| @@ -1899,8 +1851,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1899 | able to reuse the default | 1851 | able to reuse the default |
| 1900 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the | 1852 | :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the |
| 1901 | need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses | 1853 | need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses |
| 1902 | ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file: | 1854 | ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file:: |
| 1903 | :: | ||
| 1904 | 1855 | ||
| 1905 | DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature" | 1856 | DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature" |
| 1906 | 1857 | ||
| @@ -1948,8 +1899,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 1948 | of the :term:`Source Directory`. | 1899 | of the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| 1949 | 1900 | ||
| 1950 | Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set | 1901 | Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set |
| 1951 | as follows: | 1902 | as follows:: |
| 1952 | :: | ||
| 1953 | 1903 | ||
| 1954 | DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)" | 1904 | DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)" |
| 1955 | 1905 | ||
| @@ -2065,8 +2015,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2065 | 2015 | ||
| 2066 | You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error | 2016 | You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error |
| 2067 | reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your | 2017 | reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your |
| 2068 | ``local.conf`` file: | 2018 | ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 2069 | :: | ||
| 2070 | 2019 | ||
| 2071 | ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" | 2020 | ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" |
| 2072 | 2021 | ||
| @@ -2094,8 +2043,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2094 | package's particular libraries only and not the whole package. | 2043 | package's particular libraries only and not the whole package. |
| 2095 | 2044 | ||
| 2096 | Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a | 2045 | Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a |
| 2097 | particular package: | 2046 | particular package:: |
| 2098 | :: | ||
| 2099 | 2047 | ||
| 2100 | EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1" | 2048 | EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1" |
| 2101 | 2049 | ||
| @@ -2129,8 +2077,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2129 | The full package version specification as it appears on the final | 2077 | The full package version specification as it appears on the final |
| 2130 | packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used | 2078 | packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used |
| 2131 | to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another | 2079 | to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another |
| 2132 | package in the same recipe: | 2080 | package in the same recipe:: |
| 2133 | :: | ||
| 2134 | 2081 | ||
| 2135 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" | 2082 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" |
| 2136 | 2083 | ||
| @@ -2230,8 +2177,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2230 | Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has | 2177 | Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has |
| 2231 | been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting | 2178 | been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting |
| 2232 | this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is | 2179 | this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is |
| 2233 | an example: | 2180 | an example:: |
| 2234 | :: | ||
| 2235 | 2181 | ||
| 2236 | EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096" | 2182 | EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096" |
| 2237 | 2183 | ||
| @@ -2255,8 +2201,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2255 | added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an | 2201 | added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an |
| 2256 | example, the following prepends | 2202 | example, the following prepends |
| 2257 | "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to | 2203 | "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to |
| 2258 | ``PATH``: | 2204 | ``PATH``:: |
| 2259 | :: | ||
| 2260 | 2205 | ||
| 2261 | EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar" | 2206 | EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar" |
| 2262 | 2207 | ||
| @@ -2294,8 +2239,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2294 | 2239 | ||
| 2295 | The set list of commands you can configure using the | 2240 | The set list of commands you can configure using the |
| 2296 | ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These | 2241 | ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These |
| 2297 | commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names: | 2242 | commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names:: |
| 2298 | :: | ||
| 2299 | 2243 | ||
| 2300 | # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ | 2244 | # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ |
| 2301 | # useradd -p '' tester; \ | 2245 | # useradd -p '' tester; \ |
| @@ -2321,8 +2265,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2321 | Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific | 2265 | Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific |
| 2322 | item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. | 2266 | item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. |
| 2323 | When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of | 2267 | When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of |
| 2324 | the feature item as an override. Here is an example: | 2268 | the feature item as an override. Here is an example:: |
| 2325 | :: | ||
| 2326 | 2269 | ||
| 2327 | FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2" | 2270 | FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2" |
| 2328 | 2271 | ||
| @@ -2342,8 +2285,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2342 | OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set | 2285 | OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set |
| 2343 | this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. | 2286 | this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| 2344 | 2287 | ||
| 2345 | Consider the following example: | 2288 | Consider the following example:: |
| 2346 | :: | ||
| 2347 | 2289 | ||
| 2348 | FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir" | 2290 | FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir" |
| 2349 | 2291 | ||
| @@ -2362,8 +2304,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2362 | To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that | 2304 | To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that |
| 2363 | identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated | 2305 | identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated |
| 2364 | list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as | 2306 | list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as |
| 2365 | part of the resulting package. Here is an example: | 2307 | part of the resulting package. Here is an example:: |
| 2366 | :: | ||
| 2367 | 2308 | ||
| 2368 | FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile" | 2309 | FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile" |
| 2369 | 2310 | ||
| @@ -2398,8 +2339,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2398 | symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. | 2339 | symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. |
| 2399 | 2340 | ||
| 2400 | The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is | 2341 | The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is |
| 2401 | set: | 2342 | set:: |
| 2402 | :: | ||
| 2403 | 2343 | ||
| 2404 | FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}" | 2344 | FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}" |
| 2405 | 2345 | ||
| @@ -2413,8 +2353,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2413 | 2353 | ||
| 2414 | Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using | 2354 | Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using |
| 2415 | ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you | 2355 | ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you |
| 2416 | prepend paths as follows: | 2356 | prepend paths as follows:: |
| 2417 | :: | ||
| 2418 | 2357 | ||
| 2419 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" | 2358 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" |
| 2420 | 2359 | ||
| @@ -2436,8 +2375,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2436 | are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories | 2375 | are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories |
| 2437 | to the search path. | 2376 | to the search path. |
| 2438 | 2377 | ||
| 2439 | Here is another common use: | 2378 | Here is another common use:: |
| 2440 | :: | ||
| 2441 | 2379 | ||
| 2442 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:" | 2380 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:" |
| 2443 | 2381 | ||
| @@ -2445,15 +2383,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2445 | ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is | 2383 | ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is |
| 2446 | in the same directory as the corresponding append file. | 2384 | in the same directory as the corresponding append file. |
| 2447 | 2385 | ||
| 2448 | This next example specifically adds three paths: | 2386 | This next example specifically adds three paths:: |
| 2449 | :: | ||
| 2450 | 2387 | ||
| 2451 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:" | 2388 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:" |
| 2452 | 2389 | ||
| 2453 | A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include | 2390 | A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include |
| 2454 | a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful | 2391 | a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful |
| 2455 | in a BSP layer: | 2392 | in a BSP layer:: |
| 2456 | :: | ||
| 2457 | 2393 | ||
| 2458 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" | 2394 | FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" |
| 2459 | 2395 | ||
| @@ -2485,8 +2421,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2485 | ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" | 2421 | ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" |
| 2486 | section of the BitBake User Manual. | 2422 | section of the BitBake User Manual. |
| 2487 | 2423 | ||
| 2488 | By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as: | 2424 | By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as:: |
| 2489 | :: | ||
| 2490 | 2425 | ||
| 2491 | FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}" | 2426 | FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}" |
| 2492 | 2427 | ||
| @@ -2507,8 +2442,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2507 | 2442 | ||
| 2508 | The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the | 2443 | The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the |
| 2509 | ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the | 2444 | ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the |
| 2510 | :term:`Source Directory`: | 2445 | :term:`Source Directory`:: |
| 2511 | :: | ||
| 2512 | 2446 | ||
| 2513 | FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ | 2447 | FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ |
| 2514 | "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}" | 2448 | "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}" |
| @@ -2533,8 +2467,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2533 | 2467 | ||
| 2534 | You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For | 2468 | You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For |
| 2535 | example, consider a case where the following directory structure | 2469 | example, consider a case where the following directory structure |
| 2536 | exists for general and machine-specific configurations: | 2470 | exists for general and machine-specific configurations:: |
| 2537 | :: | ||
| 2538 | 2471 | ||
| 2539 | files/defconfig | 2472 | files/defconfig |
| 2540 | files/MACHINEA/defconfig | 2473 | files/MACHINEA/defconfig |
| @@ -2662,16 +2595,14 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2662 | Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute. | 2595 | Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute. |
| 2663 | 2596 | ||
| 2664 | By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the | 2597 | By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the |
| 2665 | variable as follows: | 2598 | variable as follows:: |
| 2666 | :: | ||
| 2667 | 2599 | ||
| 2668 | GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie" | 2600 | GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie" |
| 2669 | 2601 | ||
| 2670 | :term:`GCCVERSION` | 2602 | :term:`GCCVERSION` |
| 2671 | Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for | 2603 | Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for |
| 2672 | compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the | 2604 | compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the |
| 2673 | ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file: | 2605 | ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file:: |
| 2674 | :: | ||
| 2675 | 2606 | ||
| 2676 | GCCVERSION ?= "8.%" | 2607 | GCCVERSION ?= "8.%" |
| 2677 | 2608 | ||
| @@ -2706,8 +2637,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2706 | passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the | 2637 | passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the |
| 2707 | system when the package is installed. | 2638 | system when the package is installed. |
| 2708 | 2639 | ||
| 2709 | Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe: | 2640 | Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:: |
| 2710 | :: | ||
| 2711 | 2641 | ||
| 2712 | GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev" | 2642 | GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev" |
| 2713 | 2643 | ||
| @@ -2855,13 +2785,11 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2855 | section. | 2785 | section. |
| 2856 | 2786 | ||
| 2857 | Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the | 2787 | Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the |
| 2858 | function: | 2788 | function:: |
| 2859 | :: | ||
| 2860 | 2789 | ||
| 2861 | ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" | 2790 | ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" |
| 2862 | 2791 | ||
| 2863 | To enable the function, set the variable as follows: | 2792 | To enable the function, set the variable as follows:: |
| 2864 | :: | ||
| 2865 | 2793 | ||
| 2866 | ICECC_DISABLED = "" | 2794 | ICECC_DISABLED = "" |
| 2867 | 2795 | ||
| @@ -2946,8 +2874,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2946 | installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon | 2874 | installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon |
| 2947 | (;). Source files need to be located in | 2875 | (;). Source files need to be located in |
| 2948 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two | 2876 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two |
| 2949 | examples: | 2877 | examples:: |
| 2950 | :: | ||
| 2951 | 2878 | ||
| 2952 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2" | 2879 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2" |
| 2953 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio" | 2880 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio" |
| @@ -2956,8 +2883,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2956 | this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base | 2883 | this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base |
| 2957 | name of the source file path. To install files into a directory | 2884 | name of the source file path. To install files into a directory |
| 2958 | within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). | 2885 | within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). |
| 2959 | Here are two examples: | 2886 | Here are two examples:: |
| 2960 | :: | ||
| 2961 | 2887 | ||
| 2962 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*" | 2888 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*" |
| 2963 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/" | 2889 | IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/" |
| @@ -2982,8 +2908,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2982 | installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon | 2908 | installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon |
| 2983 | (;). Source files need to be located in | 2909 | (;). Source files need to be located in |
| 2984 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two | 2910 | :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two |
| 2985 | examples: | 2911 | examples:: |
| 2986 | :: | ||
| 2987 | 2912 | ||
| 2988 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel" | 2913 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel" |
| 2989 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}" | 2914 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}" |
| @@ -2992,8 +2917,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 2992 | this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base | 2917 | this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base |
| 2993 | name of the source file path. To install files into a directory | 2918 | name of the source file path. To install files into a directory |
| 2994 | within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). | 2919 | within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). |
| 2995 | Here are two examples: | 2920 | Here are two examples:: |
| 2996 | :: | ||
| 2997 | 2921 | ||
| 2998 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*" | 2922 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*" |
| 2999 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/" | 2923 | IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/" |
| @@ -3026,8 +2950,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3026 | type, which corresponds to the value set in | 2950 | type, which corresponds to the value set in |
| 3027 | :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``, | 2951 | :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``, |
| 3028 | ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use | 2952 | ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use |
| 3029 | an override for the associated type. Here is an example: | 2953 | an override for the associated type. Here is an example:: |
| 3030 | :: | ||
| 3031 | 2954 | ||
| 3032 | IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \ | 2955 | IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \ |
| 3033 | --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \ | 2956 | --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \ |
| @@ -3071,8 +2994,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3071 | Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the | 2994 | Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the |
| 3072 | build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting | 2995 | build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting |
| 3073 | ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root | 2996 | ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root |
| 3074 | filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``: | 2997 | filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``:: |
| 3075 | :: | ||
| 3076 | 2998 | ||
| 3077 | IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2" | 2999 | IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2" |
| 3078 | 3000 | ||
| @@ -3103,8 +3025,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3103 | auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its | 3025 | auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its |
| 3104 | default contents. | 3026 | default contents. |
| 3105 | 3027 | ||
| 3106 | When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows: | 3028 | When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows:: |
| 3107 | :: | ||
| 3108 | 3029 | ||
| 3109 | IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name" | 3030 | IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name" |
| 3110 | 3031 | ||
| @@ -3147,8 +3068,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3147 | into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable | 3068 | into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable |
| 3148 | ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already | 3069 | ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already |
| 3149 | selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is | 3070 | selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is |
| 3150 | an example: | 3071 | an example:: |
| 3151 | :: | ||
| 3152 | 3072 | ||
| 3153 | IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de" | 3073 | IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de" |
| 3154 | 3074 | ||
| @@ -3167,8 +3087,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3167 | The name of the output image symlink (which does not include | 3087 | The name of the output image symlink (which does not include |
| 3168 | the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value | 3088 | the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value |
| 3169 | is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE` | 3089 | is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE` |
| 3170 | variables: | 3090 | variables:: |
| 3171 | :: | ||
| 3172 | 3091 | ||
| 3173 | IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}" | 3092 | IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}" |
| 3174 | 3093 | ||
| @@ -3176,14 +3095,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3176 | :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST` | 3095 | :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST` |
| 3177 | The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed | 3096 | The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed |
| 3178 | packages that make up the image. The file contains package | 3097 | packages that make up the image. The file contains package |
| 3179 | information on a line-per-package basis as follows: | 3098 | information on a line-per-package basis as follows:: |
| 3180 | :: | ||
| 3181 | 3099 | ||
| 3182 | packagename packagearch version | 3100 | packagename packagearch version |
| 3183 | 3101 | ||
| 3184 | The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest | 3102 | The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest |
| 3185 | file as follows: | 3103 | file as follows:: |
| 3186 | :: | ||
| 3187 | 3104 | ||
| 3188 | IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest" | 3105 | IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest" |
| 3189 | 3106 | ||
| @@ -3197,8 +3114,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3197 | The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable | 3114 | The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable |
| 3198 | is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, | 3115 | is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, |
| 3199 | :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` | 3116 | :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` |
| 3200 | variables: | 3117 | variables:: |
| 3201 | :: | ||
| 3202 | 3118 | ||
| 3203 | IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" | 3119 | IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 3204 | 3120 | ||
| @@ -3229,8 +3145,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3229 | to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a | 3145 | to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a |
| 3230 | small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you | 3146 | small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you |
| 3231 | can increase the default value. For example, the following setting | 3147 | can increase the default value. For example, the following setting |
| 3232 | gives you 50% free space added to the image: | 3148 | gives you 50% free space added to the image:: |
| 3233 | :: | ||
| 3234 | 3149 | ||
| 3235 | IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5" | 3150 | IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5" |
| 3236 | 3151 | ||
| @@ -3271,8 +3186,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3271 | :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` | 3186 | :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| 3272 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build | 3187 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 3273 | system creates the final image output files. You can specify | 3188 | system creates the final image output files. You can specify |
| 3274 | functions separated by semicolons: | 3189 | functions separated by semicolons:: |
| 3275 | :: | ||
| 3276 | 3190 | ||
| 3277 | IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " | 3191 | IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 3278 | 3192 | ||
| @@ -3285,8 +3199,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3285 | :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` | 3199 | :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| 3286 | Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build | 3200 | Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build |
| 3287 | system creates the final image output files. You can specify | 3201 | system creates the final image output files. You can specify |
| 3288 | functions separated by semicolons: | 3202 | functions separated by semicolons:: |
| 3289 | :: | ||
| 3290 | 3203 | ||
| 3291 | IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " | 3204 | IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 3292 | 3205 | ||
| @@ -3317,14 +3230,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3317 | This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a | 3230 | This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a |
| 3318 | specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an | 3231 | specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an |
| 3319 | image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of | 3232 | image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of |
| 3320 | free disk space is available, set the variable as follows: | 3233 | free disk space is available, set the variable as follows:: |
| 3321 | :: | ||
| 3322 | 3234 | ||
| 3323 | IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880" | 3235 | IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880" |
| 3324 | 3236 | ||
| 3325 | For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests | 3237 | For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests |
| 3326 | 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line: | 3238 | 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line:: |
| 3327 | :: | ||
| 3328 | 3239 | ||
| 3329 | IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040" | 3240 | IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040" |
| 3330 | 3241 | ||
| @@ -3335,8 +3246,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3335 | the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested | 3246 | the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested |
| 3336 | additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically, | 3247 | additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically, |
| 3337 | the build system determines the final size of the generated image as | 3248 | the build system determines the final size of the generated image as |
| 3338 | follows: | 3249 | follows:: |
| 3339 | :: | ||
| 3340 | 3250 | ||
| 3341 | if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: | 3251 | if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: |
| 3342 | internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace | 3252 | internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace |
| @@ -3355,8 +3265,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3355 | 3265 | ||
| 3356 | :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP` | 3266 | :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP` |
| 3357 | Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an | 3267 | Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an |
| 3358 | example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class: | 3268 | example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class:: |
| 3359 | :: | ||
| 3360 | 3269 | ||
| 3361 | IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3" | 3270 | IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3" |
| 3362 | 3271 | ||
| @@ -3443,8 +3352,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3443 | variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you | 3352 | variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you |
| 3444 | can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You | 3353 | can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You |
| 3445 | will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more | 3354 | will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more |
| 3446 | granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable: | 3355 | granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable:: |
| 3447 | :: | ||
| 3448 | 3356 | ||
| 3449 | recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" | 3357 | recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" |
| 3450 | recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" | 3358 | recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" |
| @@ -3467,8 +3375,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3467 | .. note:: | 3375 | .. note:: |
| 3468 | 3376 | ||
| 3469 | This functionality is only regularly tested using the following | 3377 | This functionality is only regularly tested using the following |
| 3470 | setting: | 3378 | setting:: |
| 3471 | :: | ||
| 3472 | 3379 | ||
| 3473 | INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" | 3380 | INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" |
| 3474 | 3381 | ||
| @@ -3482,8 +3389,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3482 | It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be | 3389 | It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be |
| 3483 | used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define | 3390 | used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define |
| 3484 | a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licenses | 3391 | a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licenses |
| 3485 | that are allowed. Then define ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` as: | 3392 | that are allowed. Then define ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` as:: |
| 3486 | :: | ||
| 3487 | 3393 | ||
| 3488 | INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}" | 3394 | INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}" |
| 3489 | 3395 | ||
| @@ -3508,8 +3414,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3508 | unlikely that you want to edit this variable. | 3414 | unlikely that you want to edit this variable. |
| 3509 | 3415 | ||
| 3510 | The default value of the variable is set as follows in the | 3416 | The default value of the variable is set as follows in the |
| 3511 | ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file: | 3417 | ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file:: |
| 3512 | :: | ||
| 3513 | 3418 | ||
| 3514 | INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license" | 3419 | INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license" |
| 3515 | 3420 | ||
| @@ -3533,8 +3438,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3533 | 3438 | ||
| 3534 | To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information | 3439 | To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information |
| 3535 | during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as | 3440 | during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as |
| 3536 | follows: | 3441 | follows:: |
| 3537 | :: | ||
| 3538 | 3442 | ||
| 3539 | INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1" | 3443 | INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1" |
| 3540 | 3444 | ||
| @@ -3646,15 +3550,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3646 | 3550 | ||
| 3647 | Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the | 3551 | Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the |
| 3648 | OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the | 3552 | OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the |
| 3649 | initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within: | 3553 | initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within:: |
| 3650 | :: | ||
| 3651 | 3554 | ||
| 3652 | INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1" | 3555 | INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1" |
| 3653 | 3556 | ||
| 3654 | By default, the | 3557 | By default, the |
| 3655 | :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a | 3558 | :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a |
| 3656 | null string as follows: | 3559 | null string as follows:: |
| 3657 | :: | ||
| 3658 | 3560 | ||
| 3659 | INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= "" | 3561 | INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= "" |
| 3660 | 3562 | ||
| @@ -3672,15 +3574,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3672 | :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME` | 3574 | :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME` |
| 3673 | The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is | 3575 | The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is |
| 3674 | set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as | 3576 | set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| 3675 | follows: | 3577 | follows:: |
| 3676 | :: | ||
| 3677 | 3578 | ||
| 3678 | INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" | 3579 | INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 3679 | 3580 | ||
| 3680 | The value of the | 3581 | The value of the |
| 3681 | ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same | 3582 | ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| 3682 | file, has the following value: | 3583 | file, has the following value:: |
| 3683 | :: | ||
| 3684 | 3584 | ||
| 3685 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" | 3585 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 3686 | 3586 | ||
| @@ -3690,14 +3590,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3690 | :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME` | 3590 | :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME` |
| 3691 | The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is | 3591 | The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is |
| 3692 | set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as | 3592 | set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| 3693 | follows: | 3593 | follows:: |
| 3694 | :: | ||
| 3695 | 3594 | ||
| 3696 | INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" | 3595 | INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 3697 | 3596 | ||
| 3698 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` | 3597 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| 3699 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: | 3598 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: |
| 3700 | :: | ||
| 3701 | 3599 | ||
| 3702 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" | 3600 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 3703 | 3601 | ||
| @@ -3735,8 +3633,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3735 | variable. | 3633 | variable. |
| 3736 | 3634 | ||
| 3737 | :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` | 3635 | :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` |
| 3738 | Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example: | 3636 | Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example:: |
| 3739 | :: | ||
| 3740 | 3637 | ||
| 3741 | INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ." | 3638 | INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ." |
| 3742 | 3639 | ||
| @@ -3756,8 +3653,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3756 | recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so`` | 3653 | recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so`` |
| 3757 | files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the | 3654 | files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the |
| 3758 | recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example | 3655 | recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example |
| 3759 | is ``${PN}``: | 3656 | is ``${PN}``:: |
| 3760 | :: | ||
| 3761 | 3657 | ||
| 3762 | INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so" | 3658 | INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so" |
| 3763 | 3659 | ||
| @@ -3799,8 +3695,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3799 | kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the | 3695 | kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the |
| 3800 | ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the | 3696 | ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the |
| 3801 | ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH`` | 3697 | ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH`` |
| 3802 | is set as follows in that kernel recipe file: | 3698 | is set as follows in that kernel recipe file:: |
| 3803 | :: | ||
| 3804 | 3699 | ||
| 3805 | KBRANCH ?= "standard/base" | 3700 | KBRANCH ?= "standard/base" |
| 3806 | 3701 | ||
| @@ -3812,8 +3707,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3812 | Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA | 3707 | Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA |
| 3813 | machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named | 3708 | machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named |
| 3814 | ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``. | 3709 | ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``. |
| 3815 | Here are the related statements from that append file: | 3710 | Here are the related statements from that append file:: |
| 3816 | :: | ||
| 3817 | 3711 | ||
| 3818 | KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base" | 3712 | KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base" |
| 3819 | KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base" | 3713 | KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base" |
| @@ -3839,19 +3733,16 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3839 | ``defconfig`` file. | 3733 | ``defconfig`` file. |
| 3840 | 3734 | ||
| 3841 | To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe | 3735 | To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe |
| 3842 | using the following form: | 3736 | using the following form:: |
| 3843 | :: | ||
| 3844 | 3737 | ||
| 3845 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file | 3738 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file |
| 3846 | 3739 | ||
| 3847 | Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses | 3740 | Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses |
| 3848 | a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig": | 3741 | a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig":: |
| 3849 | :: | ||
| 3850 | 3742 | ||
| 3851 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig" | 3743 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig" |
| 3852 | 3744 | ||
| 3853 | As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file: | 3745 | As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file:: |
| 3854 | :: | ||
| 3855 | 3746 | ||
| 3856 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file | 3747 | KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file |
| 3857 | 3748 | ||
| @@ -3872,8 +3763,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3872 | 3763 | ||
| 3873 | The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the | 3764 | The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the |
| 3874 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the | 3765 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the |
| 3875 | following default value: | 3766 | following default value:: |
| 3876 | :: | ||
| 3877 | 3767 | ||
| 3878 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" | 3768 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 3879 | 3769 | ||
| @@ -3905,15 +3795,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3905 | :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME` | 3795 | :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME` |
| 3906 | The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable | 3796 | The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable |
| 3907 | is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as | 3797 | is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| 3908 | follows: | 3798 | follows:: |
| 3909 | :: | ||
| 3910 | 3799 | ||
| 3911 | KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" | 3800 | KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 3912 | 3801 | ||
| 3913 | The | 3802 | The |
| 3914 | value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in | 3803 | value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in |
| 3915 | the same file, has the following value: | 3804 | the same file, has the following value:: |
| 3916 | :: | ||
| 3917 | 3805 | ||
| 3918 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" | 3806 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 3919 | 3807 | ||
| @@ -3923,14 +3811,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3923 | :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME` | 3811 | :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME` |
| 3924 | The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable | 3812 | The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable |
| 3925 | is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as | 3813 | is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| 3926 | follows: | 3814 | follows:: |
| 3927 | :: | ||
| 3928 | 3815 | ||
| 3929 | KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" | 3816 | KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 3930 | 3817 | ||
| 3931 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` | 3818 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| 3932 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: | 3819 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: |
| 3933 | :: | ||
| 3934 | 3820 | ||
| 3935 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" | 3821 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 3936 | 3822 | ||
| @@ -3965,8 +3851,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3965 | For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12`` | 3851 | For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12`` |
| 3966 | kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs | 3852 | kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs |
| 3967 | as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two | 3853 | as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two |
| 3968 | statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types: | 3854 | statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types:: |
| 3969 | :: | ||
| 3970 | 3855 | ||
| 3971 | KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc" | 3856 | KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc" |
| 3972 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" | 3857 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" |
| @@ -3977,15 +3862,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3977 | :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME` | 3862 | :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME` |
| 3978 | The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This | 3863 | The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This |
| 3979 | variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` | 3864 | variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` |
| 3980 | file as follows: | 3865 | file as follows:: |
| 3981 | :: | ||
| 3982 | 3866 | ||
| 3983 | KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" | 3867 | KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 3984 | 3868 | ||
| 3985 | The value of the | 3869 | The value of the |
| 3986 | ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same | 3870 | ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| 3987 | file, has the following value: | 3871 | file, has the following value:: |
| 3988 | :: | ||
| 3989 | 3872 | ||
| 3990 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" | 3873 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 3991 | 3874 | ||
| @@ -3995,28 +3878,24 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 3995 | :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME` | 3878 | :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME` |
| 3996 | The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This | 3879 | The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This |
| 3997 | variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` | 3880 | variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` |
| 3998 | file as follows: | 3881 | file as follows:: |
| 3999 | :: | ||
| 4000 | 3882 | ||
| 4001 | KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" | 3883 | KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 4002 | 3884 | ||
| 4003 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` | 3885 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| 4004 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: | 3886 | variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: |
| 4005 | :: | ||
| 4006 | 3887 | ||
| 4007 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" | 3888 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 4008 | 3889 | ||
| 4009 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME` | 3890 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME` |
| 4010 | The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the | 3891 | The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the |
| 4011 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: | 3892 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: |
| 4012 | :: | ||
| 4013 | 3893 | ||
| 4014 | KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" | 3894 | KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 4015 | 3895 | ||
| 4016 | The value of | 3896 | The value of |
| 4017 | the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same | 3897 | the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| 4018 | file, has the following value: | 3898 | file, has the following value:: |
| 4019 | :: | ||
| 4020 | 3899 | ||
| 4021 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" | 3900 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 4022 | 3901 | ||
| @@ -4038,15 +3917,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4038 | 3917 | ||
| 4039 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME` | 3918 | :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME` |
| 4040 | The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the | 3919 | The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the |
| 4041 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: | 3920 | ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: |
| 4042 | :: | ||
| 4043 | 3921 | ||
| 4044 | KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" | 3922 | KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 4045 | 3923 | ||
| 4046 | The value of the | 3924 | The value of the |
| 4047 | :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, | 3925 | :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, |
| 4048 | which is set in the same file, has the following value: | 3926 | which is set in the same file, has the following value:: |
| 4049 | :: | ||
| 4050 | 3927 | ||
| 4051 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" | 3928 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 4052 | 3929 | ||
| @@ -4074,8 +3951,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4074 | configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe | 3951 | configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe |
| 4075 | itself). | 3952 | itself). |
| 4076 | 3953 | ||
| 4077 | Specify it as follows: | 3954 | Specify it as follows:: |
| 4078 | :: | ||
| 4079 | 3955 | ||
| 4080 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3" | 3956 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3" |
| 4081 | 3957 | ||
| @@ -4083,8 +3959,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4083 | system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with | 3959 | system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with |
| 4084 | the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear | 3960 | the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear |
| 4085 | one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use | 3961 | one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use |
| 4086 | case: | 3962 | case:: |
| 4087 | :: | ||
| 4088 | 3963 | ||
| 4089 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name" | 3964 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name" |
| 4090 | 3965 | ||
| @@ -4146,8 +4021,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4146 | Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use | 4021 | Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use |
| 4147 | this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration | 4022 | this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration |
| 4148 | fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc`` | 4023 | fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc`` |
| 4149 | to describe SMP being enabled: | 4024 | to describe SMP being enabled:: |
| 4150 | :: | ||
| 4151 | 4025 | ||
| 4152 | define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP" | 4026 | define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP" |
| 4153 | 4027 | ||
| @@ -4163,8 +4037,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4163 | 4037 | ||
| 4164 | These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux | 4038 | These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux |
| 4165 | Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the | 4039 | Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the |
| 4166 | ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file: | 4040 | ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file:: |
| 4167 | :: | ||
| 4168 | 4041 | ||
| 4169 | LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0" | 4042 | LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0" |
| 4170 | COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}" | 4043 | COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}" |
| @@ -4202,8 +4075,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4202 | :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` | 4075 | :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` |
| 4203 | Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends. | 4076 | Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends. |
| 4204 | Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency | 4077 | Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency |
| 4205 | by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example: | 4078 | by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example:: |
| 4206 | :: | ||
| 4207 | 4079 | ||
| 4208 | LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" | 4080 | LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" |
| 4209 | 4081 | ||
| @@ -4228,8 +4100,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4228 | 4100 | ||
| 4229 | Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a | 4101 | Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a |
| 4230 | recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name. | 4102 | recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name. |
| 4231 | Here is an example: | 4103 | Here is an example:: |
| 4232 | :: | ||
| 4233 | 4104 | ||
| 4234 | LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" | 4105 | LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" |
| 4235 | 4106 | ||
| @@ -4253,8 +4124,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4253 | For the list, use the Yocto Project | 4124 | For the list, use the Yocto Project |
| 4254 | :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g. | 4125 | :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g. |
| 4255 | &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the | 4126 | &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the |
| 4256 | layer, use a space-separated list: | 4127 | layer, use a space-separated list:: |
| 4257 | :: | ||
| 4258 | 4128 | ||
| 4259 | LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;" | 4129 | LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;" |
| 4260 | 4130 | ||
| @@ -4335,8 +4205,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4335 | :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in | 4205 | :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in |
| 4336 | ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``. | 4206 | ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``. |
| 4337 | 4207 | ||
| 4338 | Here are some examples: | 4208 | Here are some examples:: |
| 4339 | :: | ||
| 4340 | 4209 | ||
| 4341 | LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3" | 4210 | LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3" |
| 4342 | LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1" | 4211 | LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1" |
| @@ -4353,8 +4222,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4353 | situations where components of the output have different licenses. | 4222 | situations where components of the output have different licenses. |
| 4354 | For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2 | 4223 | For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2 |
| 4355 | but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free | 4224 | but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free |
| 4356 | Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows: | 4225 | Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows:: |
| 4357 | :: | ||
| 4358 | 4226 | ||
| 4359 | LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2" | 4227 | LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2" |
| 4360 | LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2" | 4228 | LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2" |
| @@ -4409,8 +4277,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4409 | OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the | 4277 | OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the |
| 4410 | directory that holds common license text used during the build. The | 4278 | directory that holds common license text used during the build. The |
| 4411 | ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other | 4279 | ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other |
| 4412 | areas that have additional licenses: | 4280 | areas that have additional licenses:: |
| 4413 | :: | ||
| 4414 | 4281 | ||
| 4415 | LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses" | 4282 | LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses" |
| 4416 | 4283 | ||
| @@ -4434,14 +4301,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4434 | being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define | 4301 | being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define |
| 4435 | this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the | 4302 | this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the |
| 4436 | ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in | 4303 | ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in |
| 4437 | ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows: | 4304 | ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows:: |
| 4438 | :: | ||
| 4439 | 4305 | ||
| 4440 | LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24" | 4306 | LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24" |
| 4441 | 4307 | ||
| 4442 | The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV` | 4308 | The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV` |
| 4443 | for the recipe: | 4309 | for the recipe:: |
| 4444 | :: | ||
| 4445 | 4310 | ||
| 4446 | PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}" | 4311 | PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}" |
| 4447 | 4312 | ||
| @@ -4449,16 +4314,14 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4449 | A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux | 4314 | A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux |
| 4450 | kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this | 4315 | kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this |
| 4451 | variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel | 4316 | variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel |
| 4452 | recipes all define the variable as follows: | 4317 | recipes all define the variable as follows:: |
| 4453 | :: | ||
| 4454 | 4318 | ||
| 4455 | LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}" | 4319 | LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}" |
| 4456 | 4320 | ||
| 4457 | Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel | 4321 | Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel |
| 4458 | configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through | 4322 | configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through |
| 4459 | the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension | 4323 | the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension |
| 4460 | assuming it was set as previously shown: | 4324 | assuming it was set as previously shown:: |
| 4461 | :: | ||
| 4462 | 4325 | ||
| 4463 | $ uname -r | 4326 | $ uname -r |
| 4464 | 3.7.0-rc8-custom | 4327 | 3.7.0-rc8-custom |
| @@ -4475,8 +4338,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4475 | ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the | 4338 | ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the |
| 4476 | :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to | 4339 | :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to |
| 4477 | "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated | 4340 | "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated |
| 4478 | using QEMU: | 4341 | using QEMU:: |
| 4479 | :: | ||
| 4480 | 4342 | ||
| 4481 | MACHINE ?= "qemux86" | 4343 | MACHINE ?= "qemux86" |
| 4482 | 4344 | ||
| @@ -4488,8 +4350,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4488 | ``meta/conf/machine``. | 4350 | ``meta/conf/machine``. |
| 4489 | 4351 | ||
| 4490 | The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped | 4352 | The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped |
| 4491 | include the following: | 4353 | include the following:: |
| 4492 | :: | ||
| 4493 | 4354 | ||
| 4494 | MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" | 4355 | MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" |
| 4495 | MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64" | 4356 | MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64" |
| @@ -4535,8 +4396,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4535 | As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building | 4396 | As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building |
| 4536 | requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the | 4397 | requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the |
| 4537 | hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's | 4398 | hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's |
| 4538 | ``.conf`` configuration file: | 4399 | ``.conf`` configuration file:: |
| 4539 | :: | ||
| 4540 | 4400 | ||
| 4541 | MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init" | 4401 | MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init" |
| 4542 | 4402 | ||
| @@ -4567,8 +4427,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4567 | "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will | 4427 | "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will |
| 4568 | not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the | 4428 | not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the |
| 4569 | package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would | 4429 | package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would |
| 4570 | use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file: | 4430 | use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file:: |
| 4571 | :: | ||
| 4572 | 4431 | ||
| 4573 | MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123" | 4432 | MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123" |
| 4574 | 4433 | ||
| @@ -4604,8 +4463,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4604 | exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon | 4463 | exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon |
| 4605 | finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the | 4464 | finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the |
| 4606 | firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the | 4465 | firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the |
| 4607 | following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine: | 4466 | following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:: |
| 4608 | :: | ||
| 4609 | 4467 | ||
| 4610 | MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware" | 4468 | MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware" |
| 4611 | 4469 | ||
| @@ -4631,8 +4489,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4631 | the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package | 4489 | the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package |
| 4632 | not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the | 4490 | not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the |
| 4633 | module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the | 4491 | module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the |
| 4634 | following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine: | 4492 | following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:: |
| 4635 | :: | ||
| 4636 | 4493 | ||
| 4637 | MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi" | 4494 | MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi" |
| 4638 | 4495 | ||
| @@ -4671,16 +4528,14 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4671 | should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU | 4528 | should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU |
| 4672 | (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named | 4529 | (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named |
| 4673 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following | 4530 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following |
| 4674 | override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``: | 4531 | override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``:: |
| 4675 | :: | ||
| 4676 | 4532 | ||
| 4677 | MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:" | 4533 | MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:" |
| 4678 | 4534 | ||
| 4679 | This | 4535 | This |
| 4680 | override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated | 4536 | override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated |
| 4681 | in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf`` | 4537 | in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf`` |
| 4682 | recipe: | 4538 | recipe:: |
| 4683 | :: | ||
| 4684 | 4539 | ||
| 4685 | SRC_URI_append_qemuall = " file://wired.config \ | 4540 | SRC_URI_append_qemuall = " file://wired.config \ |
| 4686 | file://wired-setup \ | 4541 | file://wired-setup \ |
| @@ -4734,27 +4589,23 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4734 | recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on | 4589 | recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on |
| 4735 | "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on | 4590 | "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on |
| 4736 | "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not | 4591 | "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not |
| 4737 | get rewritten automatically: | 4592 | get rewritten automatically:: |
| 4738 | :: | ||
| 4739 | 4593 | ||
| 4740 | do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo" | 4594 | do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo" |
| 4741 | 4595 | ||
| 4742 | If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the | 4596 | If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the |
| 4743 | following: | 4597 | following:: |
| 4744 | :: | ||
| 4745 | 4598 | ||
| 4746 | do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo" | 4599 | do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo" |
| 4747 | 4600 | ||
| 4748 | module_autoload | 4601 | module_autoload |
| 4749 | This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` | 4602 | This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` |
| 4750 | variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload`` | 4603 | variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload`` |
| 4751 | with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example: | 4604 | with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example:: |
| 4752 | :: | ||
| 4753 | 4605 | ||
| 4754 | module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm" | 4606 | module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm" |
| 4755 | 4607 | ||
| 4756 | should now be replaced with: | 4608 | should now be replaced with:: |
| 4757 | :: | ||
| 4758 | 4609 | ||
| 4759 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm" | 4610 | KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm" |
| 4760 | 4611 | ||
| @@ -4773,8 +4624,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4773 | :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` | 4624 | :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` |
| 4774 | variable. | 4625 | variable. |
| 4775 | 4626 | ||
| 4776 | Here is the general syntax: | 4627 | Here is the general syntax:: |
| 4777 | :: | ||
| 4778 | 4628 | ||
| 4779 | module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax" | 4629 | module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax" |
| 4780 | 4630 | ||
| @@ -4786,8 +4636,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4786 | Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to | 4636 | Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to |
| 4787 | populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with | 4637 | populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with |
| 4788 | ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options | 4638 | ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options |
| 4789 | ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``: | 4639 | ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``:: |
| 4790 | :: | ||
| 4791 | 4640 | ||
| 4792 | module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2" | 4641 | module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2" |
| 4793 | 4642 | ||
| @@ -4801,15 +4650,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4801 | 4650 | ||
| 4802 | :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME` | 4651 | :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME` |
| 4803 | The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in | 4652 | The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in |
| 4804 | the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: | 4653 | the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: |
| 4805 | :: | ||
| 4806 | 4654 | ||
| 4807 | MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" | 4655 | MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| 4808 | 4656 | ||
| 4809 | The value | 4657 | The value |
| 4810 | of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the | 4658 | of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the |
| 4811 | same file, has the following value: | 4659 | same file, has the following value:: |
| 4812 | :: | ||
| 4813 | 4660 | ||
| 4814 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" | 4661 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| 4815 | 4662 | ||
| @@ -4817,14 +4664,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4817 | 4664 | ||
| 4818 | :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` | 4665 | :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` |
| 4819 | The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in | 4666 | The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in |
| 4820 | the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: | 4667 | the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: |
| 4821 | :: | ||
| 4822 | 4668 | ||
| 4823 | MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" | 4669 | MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| 4824 | 4670 | ||
| 4825 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, | 4671 | The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, |
| 4826 | which is set in the same file, has the following value: | 4672 | which is set in the same file, has the following value:: |
| 4827 | :: | ||
| 4828 | 4673 | ||
| 4829 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" | 4674 | KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| 4830 | 4675 | ||
| @@ -4834,8 +4679,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4834 | target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same | 4679 | target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same |
| 4835 | output directory. | 4680 | output directory. |
| 4836 | 4681 | ||
| 4837 | The default value of this variable is: | 4682 | The default value of this variable is:: |
| 4838 | :: | ||
| 4839 | 4683 | ||
| 4840 | ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS} | 4684 | ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS} |
| 4841 | 4685 | ||
| @@ -4874,15 +4718,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4874 | not exist in common licenses. | 4718 | not exist in common licenses. |
| 4875 | 4719 | ||
| 4876 | The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a | 4720 | The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a |
| 4877 | recipe: | 4721 | recipe:: |
| 4878 | :: | ||
| 4879 | 4722 | ||
| 4880 | NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source" | 4723 | NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source" |
| 4881 | 4724 | ||
| 4882 | The following is an example that | 4725 | The following is an example that |
| 4883 | uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched | 4726 | uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched |
| 4884 | source: | 4727 | source:: |
| 4885 | :: | ||
| 4886 | 4728 | ||
| 4887 | NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt" | 4729 | NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt" |
| 4888 | 4730 | ||
| @@ -4923,8 +4765,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 4923 | Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe | 4765 | Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe |
| 4924 | requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the | 4766 | requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the |
| 4925 | ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the | 4767 | ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the |
| 4926 | content of the debug package. For example: | 4768 | content of the debug package. For example:: |
| 4927 | :: | ||
| 4928 | 4769 | ||
| 4929 | NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1" | 4770 | NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1" |
| 4930 | FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*" | 4771 | FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*" |
| @@ -5016,8 +4857,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5016 | As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in | 4857 | As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in |
| 5017 | the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following | 4858 | the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following |
| 5018 | assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the | 4859 | assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the |
| 5019 | end of parsing: | 4860 | end of parsing:: |
| 5020 | :: | ||
| 5021 | 4861 | ||
| 5022 | FOO_an-override = "overridden" | 4862 | FOO_an-override = "overridden" |
| 5023 | 4863 | ||
| @@ -5032,8 +4872,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5032 | :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another | 4872 | :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another |
| 5033 | important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override | 4873 | important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override |
| 5034 | allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration | 4874 | allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration |
| 5035 | (``.conf``) files. Here is an example: | 4875 | (``.conf``) files. Here is an example:: |
| 5036 | :: | ||
| 5037 | 4876 | ||
| 5038 | FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value" | 4877 | FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value" |
| 5039 | 4878 | ||
| @@ -5045,8 +4884,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5045 | Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. | 4884 | Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. |
| 5046 | 4885 | ||
| 5047 | :term:`P` | 4886 | :term:`P` |
| 5048 | The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following: | 4887 | The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following:: |
| 5049 | :: | ||
| 5050 | 4888 | ||
| 5051 | ${PN}-${PV} | 4889 | ${PN}-${PV} |
| 5052 | 4890 | ||
| @@ -5082,8 +4920,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5082 | However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the | 4920 | However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the |
| 5083 | target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the | 4921 | target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the |
| 5084 | machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of | 4922 | machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of |
| 5085 | :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows: | 4923 | :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows:: |
| 5086 | :: | ||
| 5087 | 4924 | ||
| 5088 | PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" | 4925 | PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" |
| 5089 | 4926 | ||
| @@ -5119,8 +4956,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5119 | The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the | 4956 | The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the |
| 5120 | package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages | 4957 | package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages |
| 5121 | will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify. | 4958 | will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify. |
| 5122 | For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file: | 4959 | For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 5123 | :: | ||
| 5124 | 4960 | ||
| 5125 | PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk" | 4961 | PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk" |
| 5126 | 4962 | ||
| @@ -5178,15 +5014,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5178 | 5014 | ||
| 5179 | :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` | 5015 | :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` |
| 5180 | Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For | 5016 | Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For |
| 5181 | example: | 5017 | example:: |
| 5182 | :: | ||
| 5183 | 5018 | ||
| 5184 | PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..." | 5019 | PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..." |
| 5185 | 5020 | ||
| 5186 | You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you | 5021 | You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you |
| 5187 | can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name | 5022 | can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name |
| 5188 | override: | 5023 | override:: |
| 5189 | :: | ||
| 5190 | 5024 | ||
| 5191 | PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name" | 5025 | PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name" |
| 5192 | 5026 | ||
| @@ -5230,8 +5064,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5230 | 5064 | ||
| 5231 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, | 5065 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| 5232 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are | 5066 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| 5233 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file: | 5067 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 5234 | :: | ||
| 5235 | 5068 | ||
| 5236 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ | 5069 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| 5237 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" | 5070 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| @@ -5260,8 +5093,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5260 | 5093 | ||
| 5261 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, | 5094 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| 5262 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are | 5095 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| 5263 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file: | 5096 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 5264 | :: | ||
| 5265 | 5097 | ||
| 5266 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ | 5098 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| 5267 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" | 5099 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| @@ -5290,8 +5122,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5290 | 5122 | ||
| 5291 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, | 5123 | Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| 5292 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are | 5124 | ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| 5293 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file: | 5125 | defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 5294 | :: | ||
| 5295 | 5126 | ||
| 5296 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ | 5127 | PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| 5297 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" | 5128 | https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| @@ -5356,8 +5187,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5356 | recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in | 5187 | recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in |
| 5357 | recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define | 5188 | recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define |
| 5358 | feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over | 5189 | feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over |
| 5359 | multiple lines for readability): | 5190 | multiple lines for readability):: |
| 5360 | :: | ||
| 5361 | 5191 | ||
| 5362 | PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." | 5192 | PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." |
| 5363 | PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\ | 5193 | PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\ |
| @@ -5423,26 +5253,22 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5423 | - *Append file:* Create an append file named | 5253 | - *Append file:* Create an append file named |
| 5424 | recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of | 5254 | recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of |
| 5425 | ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the | 5255 | ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the |
| 5426 | variable: | 5256 | variable:: |
| 5427 | :: | ||
| 5428 | 5257 | ||
| 5429 | PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5" | 5258 | PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5" |
| 5430 | 5259 | ||
| 5431 | Or, you can just append the variable: | 5260 | Or, you can just append the variable:: |
| 5432 | :: | ||
| 5433 | 5261 | ||
| 5434 | PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4" | 5262 | PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4" |
| 5435 | 5263 | ||
| 5436 | - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the | 5264 | - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the |
| 5437 | block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf`` | 5265 | block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf`` |
| 5438 | or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously | 5266 | or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously |
| 5439 | described, you can either completely override the variable: | 5267 | described, you can either completely override the variable:: |
| 5440 | :: | ||
| 5441 | 5268 | ||
| 5442 | PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5" | 5269 | PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5" |
| 5443 | 5270 | ||
| 5444 | Or, you can just amend the variable: | 5271 | Or, you can just amend the variable:: |
| 5445 | :: | ||
| 5446 | 5272 | ||
| 5447 | PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4" | 5273 | PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4" |
| 5448 | 5274 | ||
| @@ -5467,8 +5293,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5467 | 5293 | ||
| 5468 | :term:`PACKAGES` | 5294 | :term:`PACKAGES` |
| 5469 | The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the | 5295 | The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the |
| 5470 | following: | 5296 | following:: |
| 5471 | :: | ||
| 5472 | 5297 | ||
| 5473 | ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN} | 5298 | ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN} |
| 5474 | 5299 | ||
| @@ -5594,8 +5419,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5594 | patched, it uses "patch". | 5419 | patched, it uses "patch". |
| 5595 | 5420 | ||
| 5596 | If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in | 5421 | If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in |
| 5597 | the recipe using one of the following: | 5422 | the recipe using one of the following:: |
| 5598 | :: | ||
| 5599 | 5423 | ||
| 5600 | PATCHTOOL = "patch" | 5424 | PATCHTOOL = "patch" |
| 5601 | PATCHTOOL = "quilt" | 5425 | PATCHTOOL = "quilt" |
| @@ -5641,8 +5465,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5641 | :term:`PKGD` | 5465 | :term:`PKGD` |
| 5642 | Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before | 5466 | Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before |
| 5643 | they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to | 5467 | they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to |
| 5644 | the following: | 5468 | the following:: |
| 5645 | :: | ||
| 5646 | 5469 | ||
| 5647 | ${WORKDIR}/package | 5470 | ${WORKDIR}/package |
| 5648 | 5471 | ||
| @@ -5654,8 +5477,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5654 | :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data | 5477 | :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data |
| 5655 | for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area. | 5478 | for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area. |
| 5656 | This directory defaults to the following, which you should not | 5479 | This directory defaults to the following, which you should not |
| 5657 | change: | 5480 | change:: |
| 5658 | :: | ||
| 5659 | 5481 | ||
| 5660 | ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata | 5482 | ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata |
| 5661 | 5483 | ||
| @@ -5670,8 +5492,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5670 | :term:`PKGDEST` | 5492 | :term:`PKGDEST` |
| 5671 | Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they | 5493 | Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they |
| 5672 | have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to | 5494 | have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to |
| 5673 | the following: | 5495 | the following:: |
| 5674 | :: | ||
| 5675 | 5496 | ||
| 5676 | ${WORKDIR}/packages-split | 5497 | ${WORKDIR}/packages-split |
| 5677 | 5498 | ||
| @@ -5682,8 +5503,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5682 | :term:`PKGDESTWORK` | 5503 | :term:`PKGDESTWORK` |
| 5683 | Points to a temporary work area where the | 5504 | Points to a temporary work area where the |
| 5684 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata. | 5505 | :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata. |
| 5685 | The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following: | 5506 | The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following:: |
| 5686 | :: | ||
| 5687 | 5507 | ||
| 5688 | ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata | 5508 | ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata |
| 5689 | 5509 | ||
| @@ -5732,16 +5552,14 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5732 | 5552 | ||
| 5733 | To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST`` | 5553 | To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST`` |
| 5734 | variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that | 5554 | variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that |
| 5735 | prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built: | 5555 | prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built:: |
| 5736 | :: | ||
| 5737 | 5556 | ||
| 5738 | PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization." | 5557 | PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization." |
| 5739 | 5558 | ||
| 5740 | :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND` | 5559 | :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND` |
| 5741 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build | 5560 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 5742 | system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify | 5561 | system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify |
| 5743 | functions separated by semicolons: | 5562 | functions separated by semicolons:: |
| 5744 | :: | ||
| 5745 | 5563 | ||
| 5746 | POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... " | 5564 | POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 5747 | 5565 | ||
| @@ -5753,8 +5571,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5753 | :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND` | 5571 | :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND` |
| 5754 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build | 5572 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 5755 | system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify | 5573 | system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify |
| 5756 | functions separated by semicolons: | 5574 | functions separated by semicolons:: |
| 5757 | :: | ||
| 5758 | 5575 | ||
| 5759 | POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... " | 5576 | POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 5760 | 5577 | ||
| @@ -5804,8 +5621,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5804 | preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the | 5621 | preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the |
| 5805 | name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using | 5622 | name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using |
| 5806 | the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common | 5623 | the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common |
| 5807 | example: | 5624 | example:: |
| 5808 | :: | ||
| 5809 | 5625 | ||
| 5810 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" | 5626 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" |
| 5811 | 5627 | ||
| @@ -5813,8 +5629,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5813 | The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of | 5629 | The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of |
| 5814 | the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel". | 5630 | the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel". |
| 5815 | 5631 | ||
| 5816 | Following are more examples: | 5632 | Following are more examples:: |
| 5817 | :: | ||
| 5818 | 5633 | ||
| 5819 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" | 5634 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" |
| 5820 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" | 5635 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" |
| @@ -5842,8 +5657,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5842 | through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any | 5657 | through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any |
| 5843 | number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions | 5658 | number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions |
| 5844 | that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are | 5659 | that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are |
| 5845 | two examples: | 5660 | two examples:: |
| 5846 | :: | ||
| 5847 | 5661 | ||
| 5848 | PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0" | 5662 | PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0" |
| 5849 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%" | 5663 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%" |
| @@ -5857,35 +5671,30 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5857 | The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which | 5671 | The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which |
| 5858 | does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename. | 5672 | does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename. |
| 5859 | For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb`` | 5673 | For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb`` |
| 5860 | where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment: | 5674 | where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment:: |
| 5861 | :: | ||
| 5862 | 5675 | ||
| 5863 | PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}" | 5676 | PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}" |
| 5864 | 5677 | ||
| 5865 | In this case, the correct way to select | 5678 | In this case, the correct way to select |
| 5866 | ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following: | 5679 | ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following:: |
| 5867 | :: | ||
| 5868 | 5680 | ||
| 5869 | PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%" | 5681 | PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%" |
| 5870 | 5682 | ||
| 5871 | Compare that previous example | 5683 | Compare that previous example |
| 5872 | against the following incorrect example, which does not work: | 5684 | against the following incorrect example, which does not work:: |
| 5873 | :: | ||
| 5874 | 5685 | ||
| 5875 | PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git" | 5686 | PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git" |
| 5876 | 5687 | ||
| 5877 | Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by | 5688 | Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by |
| 5878 | configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use | 5689 | configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use |
| 5879 | :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific | 5690 | :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific |
| 5880 | override. Here is an example: | 5691 | override. Here is an example:: |
| 5881 | :: | ||
| 5882 | 5692 | ||
| 5883 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%" | 5693 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%" |
| 5884 | 5694 | ||
| 5885 | Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the | 5695 | Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the |
| 5886 | "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible. | 5696 | "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible. |
| 5887 | Here is an example: | 5697 | Here is an example:: |
| 5888 | :: | ||
| 5889 | 5698 | ||
| 5890 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%" | 5699 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%" |
| 5891 | 5700 | ||
| @@ -5913,8 +5722,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5913 | Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to | 5722 | Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to |
| 5914 | attempt before any others by adding something like the following to | 5723 | attempt before any others by adding something like the following to |
| 5915 | the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the | 5724 | the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the |
| 5916 | :term:`Build Directory`: | 5725 | :term:`Build Directory`:: |
| 5917 | :: | ||
| 5918 | 5726 | ||
| 5919 | PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ | 5727 | PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ |
| 5920 | git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ | 5728 | git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ |
| @@ -5950,8 +5758,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5950 | standard version of the library. | 5758 | standard version of the library. |
| 5951 | 5759 | ||
| 5952 | Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their | 5760 | Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their |
| 5953 | file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser: | 5761 | file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser:: |
| 5954 | :: | ||
| 5955 | 5762 | ||
| 5956 | PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \ | 5763 | PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \ |
| 5957 | libxpcom.so \ | 5764 | libxpcom.so \ |
| @@ -5975,8 +5782,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 5975 | ``DEPENDS``. | 5782 | ``DEPENDS``. |
| 5976 | 5783 | ||
| 5977 | Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe | 5784 | Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe |
| 5978 | file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``: | 5785 | file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``:: |
| 5979 | :: | ||
| 5980 | 5786 | ||
| 5981 | PROVIDES += "udev" | 5787 | PROVIDES += "udev" |
| 5982 | 5788 | ||
| @@ -6013,8 +5819,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6013 | the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory. | 5819 | the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory. |
| 6014 | 5820 | ||
| 6015 | Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as | 5821 | Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as |
| 6016 | simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file: | 5822 | simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file:: |
| 6017 | :: | ||
| 6018 | 5823 | ||
| 6019 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev" | 5824 | VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev" |
| 6020 | 5825 | ||
| @@ -6024,8 +5829,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6024 | 5829 | ||
| 6025 | The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the | 5830 | The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the |
| 6026 | :term:`Source Directory` shows how the | 5831 | :term:`Source Directory` shows how the |
| 6027 | ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set: | 5832 | ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set:: |
| 6028 | :: | ||
| 6029 | 5833 | ||
| 6030 | PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" | 5834 | PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" |
| 6031 | 5835 | ||
| @@ -6086,8 +5890,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6086 | OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you. | 5890 | OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you. |
| 6087 | 5891 | ||
| 6088 | The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the | 5892 | The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the |
| 6089 | following: | 5893 | following:: |
| 6090 | :: | ||
| 6091 | 5894 | ||
| 6092 | DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native" | 5895 | DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native" |
| 6093 | 5896 | ||
| @@ -6102,8 +5905,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6102 | will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed. | 5905 | will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed. |
| 6103 | 5906 | ||
| 6104 | Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in | 5907 | Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in |
| 6105 | conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example: | 5908 | conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:: |
| 6106 | :: | ||
| 6107 | 5909 | ||
| 6108 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name" | 5910 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name" |
| 6109 | 5911 | ||
| @@ -6111,8 +5913,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6111 | specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies | 5913 | specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies |
| 6112 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences | 5914 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| 6113 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the | 5915 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| 6114 | ``RCONFLICTS`` variable: | 5916 | ``RCONFLICTS`` variable:: |
| 6115 | :: | ||
| 6116 | 5917 | ||
| 6117 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" | 5918 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| 6118 | 5919 | ||
| @@ -6125,8 +5926,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6125 | - >= | 5926 | - >= |
| 6126 | 5927 | ||
| 6127 | For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or | 5928 | For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or |
| 6128 | greater of the package ``foo``: | 5929 | greater of the package ``foo``:: |
| 6129 | :: | ||
| 6130 | 5930 | ||
| 6131 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" | 5931 | RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| 6132 | 5932 | ||
| @@ -6135,8 +5935,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6135 | packages that must be installed in order for the package to function | 5935 | packages that must be installed in order for the package to function |
| 6136 | correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the | 5936 | correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the |
| 6137 | package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be | 5937 | package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be |
| 6138 | installed: | 5938 | installed:: |
| 6139 | :: | ||
| 6140 | 5939 | ||
| 6141 | RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz" | 5940 | RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz" |
| 6142 | 5941 | ||
| @@ -6177,8 +5976,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6177 | name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For | 5976 | name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For |
| 6178 | example, suppose you are building a development package that depends | 5977 | example, suppose you are building a development package that depends |
| 6179 | on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following | 5978 | on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following |
| 6180 | ``RDEPENDS`` statement: | 5979 | ``RDEPENDS`` statement:: |
| 6181 | :: | ||
| 6182 | 5980 | ||
| 6183 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl" | 5981 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl" |
| 6184 | 5982 | ||
| @@ -6207,8 +6005,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6207 | specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies | 6005 | specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies |
| 6208 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences | 6006 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| 6209 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the | 6007 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| 6210 | ``RDEPENDS`` variable: | 6008 | ``RDEPENDS`` variable:: |
| 6211 | :: | ||
| 6212 | 6009 | ||
| 6213 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" | 6010 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| 6214 | 6011 | ||
| @@ -6228,8 +6025,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6228 | specification. | 6025 | specification. |
| 6229 | 6026 | ||
| 6230 | For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or | 6027 | For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or |
| 6231 | greater of the package ``foo``: | 6028 | greater of the package ``foo``:: |
| 6232 | :: | ||
| 6233 | 6029 | ||
| 6234 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" | 6030 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| 6235 | 6031 | ||
| @@ -6270,8 +6066,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6270 | 6066 | ||
| 6271 | :term:`ROOT_HOME` | 6067 | :term:`ROOT_HOME` |
| 6272 | Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as | 6068 | Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as |
| 6273 | follows in the BitBake configuration file: | 6069 | follows in the BitBake configuration file:: |
| 6274 | :: | ||
| 6275 | 6070 | ||
| 6276 | ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root" | 6071 | ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root" |
| 6277 | 6072 | ||
| @@ -6284,8 +6079,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6284 | You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or | 6079 | You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or |
| 6285 | in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak" | 6080 | in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak" |
| 6286 | assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to | 6081 | assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to |
| 6287 | define your override: | 6082 | define your override:: |
| 6288 | :: | ||
| 6289 | 6083 | ||
| 6290 | ROOT_HOME = "/root" | 6084 | ROOT_HOME = "/root" |
| 6291 | ROOT_HOME ?= "/root" | 6085 | ROOT_HOME ?= "/root" |
| @@ -6303,8 +6097,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6303 | :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND` | 6097 | :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND` |
| 6304 | Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build | 6098 | Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6305 | system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by | 6099 | system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by |
| 6306 | semicolons: | 6100 | semicolons:: |
| 6307 | :: | ||
| 6308 | 6101 | ||
| 6309 | ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " | 6102 | ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6310 | 6103 | ||
| @@ -6317,8 +6110,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6317 | :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` | 6110 | :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| 6318 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build | 6111 | Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6319 | system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions | 6112 | system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions |
| 6320 | separated by semicolons: | 6113 | separated by semicolons:: |
| 6321 | :: | ||
| 6322 | 6114 | ||
| 6323 | ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " | 6115 | ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6324 | 6116 | ||
| @@ -6333,8 +6125,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6333 | system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package | 6125 | system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package |
| 6334 | management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed | 6126 | management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed |
| 6335 | including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``. | 6127 | including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``. |
| 6336 | You can specify functions separated by semicolons: | 6128 | You can specify functions separated by semicolons:: |
| 6337 | :: | ||
| 6338 | 6129 | ||
| 6339 | ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " | 6130 | ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6340 | 6131 | ||
| @@ -6347,8 +6138,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6347 | :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` | 6138 | :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| 6348 | Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build | 6139 | Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build |
| 6349 | system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions | 6140 | system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions |
| 6350 | separated by semicolons: | 6141 | separated by semicolons:: |
| 6351 | :: | ||
| 6352 | 6142 | ||
| 6353 | ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " | 6143 | ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| 6354 | 6144 | ||
| @@ -6370,8 +6160,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6370 | 6160 | ||
| 6371 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the | 6161 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the |
| 6372 | variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an | 6162 | variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an |
| 6373 | example: | 6163 | example:: |
| 6374 | :: | ||
| 6375 | 6164 | ||
| 6376 | RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2" | 6165 | RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2" |
| 6377 | 6166 | ||
| @@ -6402,8 +6191,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6402 | particular package whose usability is being extended. For example, | 6191 | particular package whose usability is being extended. For example, |
| 6403 | suppose you are building a development package that is extended to | 6192 | suppose you are building a development package that is extended to |
| 6404 | support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the | 6193 | support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the |
| 6405 | following: | 6194 | following:: |
| 6406 | :: | ||
| 6407 | 6195 | ||
| 6408 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name" | 6196 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name" |
| 6409 | 6197 | ||
| @@ -6416,8 +6204,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6416 | specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending | 6204 | specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending |
| 6417 | on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you. | 6205 | on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you. |
| 6418 | Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the | 6206 | Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| 6419 | ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable: | 6207 | ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable:: |
| 6420 | :: | ||
| 6421 | 6208 | ||
| 6422 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" | 6209 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| 6423 | 6210 | ||
| @@ -6430,8 +6217,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6430 | - >= | 6217 | - >= |
| 6431 | 6218 | ||
| 6432 | For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or | 6219 | For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or |
| 6433 | greater of the package ``foo``: | 6220 | greater of the package ``foo``:: |
| 6434 | :: | ||
| 6435 | 6221 | ||
| 6436 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" | 6222 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| 6437 | 6223 | ||
| @@ -6443,8 +6229,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6443 | the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable. | 6229 | the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable. |
| 6444 | 6230 | ||
| 6445 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable | 6231 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable |
| 6446 | in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example: | 6232 | in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:: |
| 6447 | :: | ||
| 6448 | 6233 | ||
| 6449 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced" | 6234 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced" |
| 6450 | 6235 | ||
| @@ -6452,8 +6237,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6452 | specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies | 6237 | specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies |
| 6453 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences | 6238 | depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| 6454 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the | 6239 | from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| 6455 | ``RREPLACES`` variable: | 6240 | ``RREPLACES`` variable:: |
| 6456 | :: | ||
| 6457 | 6241 | ||
| 6458 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)" | 6242 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| 6459 | 6243 | ||
| @@ -6466,8 +6250,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6466 | - >= | 6250 | - >= |
| 6467 | 6251 | ||
| 6468 | For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2 | 6252 | For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2 |
| 6469 | or greater of the package ``foo``: | 6253 | or greater of the package ``foo``:: |
| 6470 | :: | ||
| 6471 | 6254 | ||
| 6472 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" | 6255 | RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| 6473 | 6256 | ||
| @@ -6478,8 +6261,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6478 | 6261 | ||
| 6479 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this | 6262 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this |
| 6480 | variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an | 6263 | variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an |
| 6481 | example: | 6264 | example:: |
| 6482 | :: | ||
| 6483 | 6265 | ||
| 6484 | RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package" | 6266 | RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package" |
| 6485 | 6267 | ||
| @@ -6497,8 +6279,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6497 | As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory` | 6279 | As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory` |
| 6498 | top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at | 6280 | top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at |
| 6499 | ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system | 6281 | ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system |
| 6500 | uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following: | 6282 | uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following:: |
| 6501 | :: | ||
| 6502 | 6283 | ||
| 6503 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19 | 6284 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19 |
| 6504 | 6285 | ||
| @@ -6508,8 +6289,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6508 | repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during | 6289 | repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during |
| 6509 | :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different | 6290 | :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different |
| 6510 | from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the | 6291 | from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the |
| 6511 | source can be located: | 6292 | source can be located:: |
| 6512 | :: | ||
| 6513 | 6293 | ||
| 6514 | SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git" | 6294 | SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git" |
| 6515 | S = "${WORKDIR}/git" | 6295 | S = "${WORKDIR}/git" |
| @@ -6544,8 +6324,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6544 | The directory set up and used by the | 6324 | The directory set up and used by the |
| 6545 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which | 6325 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which |
| 6546 | the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines | 6326 | the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines |
| 6547 | ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows: | 6327 | ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows:: |
| 6548 | :: | ||
| 6549 | 6328 | ||
| 6550 | SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk" | 6329 | SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk" |
| 6551 | 6330 | ||
| @@ -6553,8 +6332,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6553 | The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when | 6332 | The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when |
| 6554 | creating SDK output. The | 6333 | creating SDK output. The |
| 6555 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines | 6334 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines |
| 6556 | the variable as follows: | 6335 | the variable as follows:: |
| 6557 | :: | ||
| 6558 | 6336 | ||
| 6559 | SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" | 6337 | SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" |
| 6560 | 6338 | ||
| @@ -6579,14 +6357,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6579 | The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all | 6357 | The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all |
| 6580 | the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The | 6358 | the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The |
| 6581 | file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as | 6359 | file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as |
| 6582 | follows: | 6360 | follows:: |
| 6583 | :: | ||
| 6584 | 6361 | ||
| 6585 | packagename packagearch version | 6362 | packagename packagearch version |
| 6586 | 6363 | ||
| 6587 | The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class | 6364 | The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class |
| 6588 | defines the manifest file as follows: | 6365 | defines the manifest file as follows:: |
| 6589 | :: | ||
| 6590 | 6366 | ||
| 6591 | SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest" | 6367 | SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest" |
| 6592 | 6368 | ||
| @@ -6624,8 +6400,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6624 | A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT` | 6400 | A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT` |
| 6625 | value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The | 6401 | value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The |
| 6626 | :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the | 6402 | :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the |
| 6627 | default value: | 6403 | default value:: |
| 6628 | :: | ||
| 6629 | 6404 | ||
| 6630 | SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc" | 6405 | SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc" |
| 6631 | 6406 | ||
| @@ -6688,8 +6463,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6688 | :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`, | 6463 | :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`, |
| 6689 | :term:`SDK_ARCH`, | 6464 | :term:`SDK_ARCH`, |
| 6690 | :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and | 6465 | :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and |
| 6691 | :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables: | 6466 | :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables:: |
| 6692 | :: | ||
| 6693 | 6467 | ||
| 6694 | SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}" | 6468 | SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}" |
| 6695 | 6469 | ||
| @@ -6700,8 +6474,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6700 | :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` | 6474 | :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` |
| 6701 | The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK | 6475 | The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK |
| 6702 | output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` | 6476 | output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` |
| 6703 | class defines the variable as follows: | 6477 | class defines the variable as follows:: |
| 6704 | :: | ||
| 6705 | 6478 | ||
| 6706 | SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" | 6479 | SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" |
| 6707 | SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image" | 6480 | SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image" |
| @@ -6766,14 +6539,12 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6766 | The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all | 6539 | The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all |
| 6767 | the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The | 6540 | the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The |
| 6768 | file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as | 6541 | file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as |
| 6769 | follows: | 6542 | follows:: |
| 6770 | :: | ||
| 6771 | 6543 | ||
| 6772 | packagename packagearch version | 6544 | packagename packagearch version |
| 6773 | 6545 | ||
| 6774 | The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class | 6546 | The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class |
| 6775 | defines the manifest file as follows: | 6547 | defines the manifest file as follows:: |
| 6776 | :: | ||
| 6777 | 6548 | ||
| 6778 | SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest" | 6549 | SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest" |
| 6779 | 6550 | ||
| @@ -6793,8 +6564,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6793 | this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or | 6564 | this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or |
| 6794 | :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the | 6565 | :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the |
| 6795 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as | 6566 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as |
| 6796 | follows: | 6567 | follows:: |
| 6797 | :: | ||
| 6798 | 6568 | ||
| 6799 | SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK" | 6569 | SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK" |
| 6800 | 6570 | ||
| @@ -6817,8 +6587,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6817 | :term:`SDK_VERSION` | 6587 | :term:`SDK_VERSION` |
| 6818 | Specifies the version of the SDK. The Poky distribution configuration file | 6588 | Specifies the version of the SDK. The Poky distribution configuration file |
| 6819 | (``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) sets the default | 6589 | (``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) sets the default |
| 6820 | ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows: | 6590 | ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows:: |
| 6821 | :: | ||
| 6822 | 6591 | ||
| 6823 | SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${METADATA_REVISION}', 'snapshot')}" | 6592 | SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${METADATA_REVISION}', 'snapshot')}" |
| 6824 | 6593 | ||
| @@ -6831,8 +6600,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6831 | default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO` | 6600 | default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO` |
| 6832 | variable and is set in the | 6601 | variable and is set in the |
| 6833 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as | 6602 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as |
| 6834 | follows: | 6603 | follows:: |
| 6835 | :: | ||
| 6836 | 6604 | ||
| 6837 | SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk" | 6605 | SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk" |
| 6838 | 6606 | ||
| @@ -6846,8 +6614,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6846 | 6614 | ||
| 6847 | :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES` | 6615 | :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES` |
| 6848 | Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to | 6616 | Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to |
| 6849 | the SDK generated from an image using the following command: | 6617 | the SDK generated from an image using the following command:: |
| 6850 | :: | ||
| 6851 | 6618 | ||
| 6852 | $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename | 6619 | $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename |
| 6853 | 6620 | ||
| @@ -6899,8 +6666,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6899 | Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using | 6666 | Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using |
| 6900 | `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a | 6667 | `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a |
| 6901 | value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name | 6668 | value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name |
| 6902 | separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device: | 6669 | separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device:: |
| 6903 | :: | ||
| 6904 | 6670 | ||
| 6905 | SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0" | 6671 | SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0" |
| 6906 | 6672 | ||
| @@ -6913,8 +6679,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 6913 | Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using | 6679 | Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using |
| 6914 | `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a | 6680 | `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a |
| 6915 | value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name | 6681 | value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name |
| 6916 | separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices: | 6682 | separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices:: |
| 6917 | :: | ||
| 6918 | 6683 | ||
| 6919 | SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1" | 6684 | SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1" |
| 6920 | 6685 | ||
| @@ -7044,8 +6809,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7044 | 6809 | ||
| 7045 | To use this variable, you must globally inherit the | 6810 | To use this variable, you must globally inherit the |
| 7046 | :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide | 6811 | :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide |
| 7047 | the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax: | 6812 | the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax:: |
| 7048 | :: | ||
| 7049 | 6813 | ||
| 7050 | INHERIT += "own-mirrors" | 6814 | INHERIT += "own-mirrors" |
| 7051 | SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror" | 6815 | SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror" |
| @@ -7076,8 +6840,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7076 | U-Boot recipe. | 6840 | U-Boot recipe. |
| 7077 | 6841 | ||
| 7078 | The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc`` | 6842 | The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc`` |
| 7079 | file as follows: | 6843 | file as follows:: |
| 7080 | :: | ||
| 7081 | 6844 | ||
| 7082 | # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that | 6845 | # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that |
| 7083 | # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the | 6846 | # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the |
| @@ -7236,8 +6999,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7236 | 6999 | ||
| 7237 | - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with | 7000 | - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with |
| 7238 | ``SRC_URI`` checksums or :term:`SRCREV` when you have more than one | 7001 | ``SRC_URI`` checksums or :term:`SRCREV` when you have more than one |
| 7239 | file or git repository specified in ``SRC_URI``. For example: | 7002 | file or git repository specified in ``SRC_URI``. For example:: |
| 7240 | :: | ||
| 7241 | 7003 | ||
| 7242 | SRC_URI = "git://example.com/foo.git;name=first \ | 7004 | SRC_URI = "git://example.com/foo.git;name=first \ |
| 7243 | git://example.com/bar.git;name=second \ | 7005 | git://example.com/bar.git;name=second \ |
| @@ -7268,16 +7030,14 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7268 | 7030 | ||
| 7269 | The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` | 7031 | The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` |
| 7270 | configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as | 7032 | configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as |
| 7271 | follows: | 7033 | follows:: |
| 7272 | :: | ||
| 7273 | 7034 | ||
| 7274 | SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}" | 7035 | SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}" |
| 7275 | 7036 | ||
| 7276 | Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the | 7037 | Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the |
| 7277 | ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``) | 7038 | ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``) |
| 7278 | located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory | 7039 | located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory |
| 7279 | defines ``PV`` as follows: | 7040 | defines ``PV`` as follows:: |
| 7280 | :: | ||
| 7281 | 7041 | ||
| 7282 | PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}" | 7042 | PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}" |
| 7283 | 7043 | ||
| @@ -7328,8 +7088,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7328 | :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the | 7088 | :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the |
| 7329 | :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the | 7089 | :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the |
| 7330 | following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the | 7090 | following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the |
| 7331 | server-provided path server_url_sstate_path: | 7091 | server-provided path server_url_sstate_path:: |
| 7332 | :: | ||
| 7333 | 7092 | ||
| 7334 | SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n" | 7093 | SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n" |
| 7335 | 7094 | ||
| @@ -7524,8 +7283,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7524 | to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and | 7283 | to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and |
| 7525 | then appending additional information. Currently, the default | 7284 | then appending additional information. Currently, the default |
| 7526 | assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` | 7285 | assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` |
| 7527 | file is: | 7286 | file is:: |
| 7528 | :: | ||
| 7529 | 7287 | ||
| 7530 | STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}" | 7288 | STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}" |
| 7531 | 7289 | ||
| @@ -7562,8 +7320,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7562 | :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE` | 7320 | :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE` |
| 7563 | Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a | 7321 | Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a |
| 7564 | console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as | 7322 | console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as |
| 7565 | follows where "X" is the console number you want to use: | 7323 | follows where "X" is the console number you want to use:: |
| 7566 | :: | ||
| 7567 | 7324 | ||
| 7568 | SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX" | 7325 | SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX" |
| 7569 | 7326 | ||
| @@ -7582,8 +7339,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7582 | Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off | 7339 | Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off |
| 7583 | serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The | 7340 | serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The |
| 7584 | variable's default value is set in the | 7341 | variable's default value is set in the |
| 7585 | :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows: | 7342 | :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:: |
| 7586 | :: | ||
| 7587 | 7343 | ||
| 7588 | SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200" | 7344 | SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200" |
| 7589 | 7345 | ||
| @@ -7592,8 +7348,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7592 | :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY` | 7348 | :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY` |
| 7593 | Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The | 7349 | Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The |
| 7594 | variable's default value is set in the | 7350 | variable's default value is set in the |
| 7595 | :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows: | 7351 | :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:: |
| 7596 | :: | ||
| 7597 | 7352 | ||
| 7598 | SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200" | 7353 | SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200" |
| 7599 | 7354 | ||
| @@ -7616,8 +7371,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7616 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` | 7371 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` |
| 7617 | Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the | 7372 | Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the |
| 7618 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By | 7373 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By |
| 7619 | default, the following directories are staged: | 7374 | default, the following directories are staged:: |
| 7620 | :: | ||
| 7621 | 7375 | ||
| 7622 | SYSROOT_DIRS = " \ | 7376 | SYSROOT_DIRS = " \ |
| 7623 | ${includedir} \ | 7377 | ${includedir} \ |
| @@ -7632,8 +7386,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7632 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You | 7386 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You |
| 7633 | can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of | 7387 | can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of |
| 7634 | directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from | 7388 | directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from |
| 7635 | staging. By default, the following directories are not staged: | 7389 | staging. By default, the following directories are not staged:: |
| 7636 | :: | ||
| 7637 | 7390 | ||
| 7638 | SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \ | 7391 | SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \ |
| 7639 | ${mandir} \ | 7392 | ${mandir} \ |
| @@ -7650,8 +7403,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7650 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for | 7403 | :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for |
| 7651 | ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in | 7404 | ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in |
| 7652 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following | 7405 | :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following |
| 7653 | extra directories are staged: | 7406 | extra directories are staged:: |
| 7654 | :: | ||
| 7655 | 7407 | ||
| 7656 | SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \ | 7408 | SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \ |
| 7657 | ${bindir} \ | 7409 | ${bindir} \ |
| @@ -7680,8 +7432,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7680 | :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start | 7432 | :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start |
| 7681 | automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to | 7433 | automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to |
| 7682 | automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the | 7434 | automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the |
| 7683 | :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows: | 7435 | :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows:: |
| 7684 | :: | ||
| 7685 | 7436 | ||
| 7686 | SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable" | 7437 | SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable" |
| 7687 | 7438 | ||
| @@ -7692,8 +7443,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7692 | "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the | 7443 | "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the |
| 7693 | configuration file that should be used. By default, the | 7444 | configuration file that should be used. By default, the |
| 7694 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the | 7445 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| 7695 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows: | 7446 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows:: |
| 7696 | :: | ||
| 7697 | 7447 | ||
| 7698 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf" | 7448 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf" |
| 7699 | 7449 | ||
| @@ -7706,8 +7456,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7706 | list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot | 7456 | list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot |
| 7707 | entry per file. By default, the | 7457 | entry per file. By default, the |
| 7708 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the | 7458 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| 7709 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows: | 7459 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows:: |
| 7710 | :: | ||
| 7711 | 7460 | ||
| 7712 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= "" | 7461 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= "" |
| 7713 | 7462 | ||
| @@ -7719,8 +7468,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7719 | "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the | 7468 | "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the |
| 7720 | boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the | 7469 | boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the |
| 7721 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the | 7470 | :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| 7722 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows: | 7471 | ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows:: |
| 7723 | :: | ||
| 7724 | 7472 | ||
| 7725 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10" | 7473 | SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10" |
| 7726 | 7474 | ||
| @@ -7732,8 +7480,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7732 | this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found | 7480 | this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found |
| 7733 | in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` | 7481 | in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` |
| 7734 | variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to | 7482 | variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to |
| 7735 | reside in the recipes main package: | 7483 | reside in the recipes main package:: |
| 7736 | :: | ||
| 7737 | 7484 | ||
| 7738 | SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}" | 7485 | SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}" |
| 7739 | 7486 | ||
| @@ -7747,8 +7494,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7747 | 7494 | ||
| 7748 | When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name | 7495 | When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name |
| 7749 | override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is | 7496 | override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is |
| 7750 | an example from the connman recipe: | 7497 | an example from the connman recipe:: |
| 7751 | :: | ||
| 7752 | 7498 | ||
| 7753 | SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service" | 7499 | SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service" |
| 7754 | 7500 | ||
| @@ -7766,8 +7512,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7766 | :term:`T` | 7512 | :term:`T` |
| 7767 | This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary | 7513 | This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary |
| 7768 | files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a | 7514 | files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a |
| 7769 | particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows: | 7515 | particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows:: |
| 7770 | :: | ||
| 7771 | 7516 | ||
| 7772 | T = "${WORKDIR}/temp" | 7517 | T = "${WORKDIR}/temp" |
| 7773 | 7518 | ||
| @@ -7801,8 +7546,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7801 | Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target | 7546 | Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target |
| 7802 | system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from | 7547 | system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from |
| 7803 | :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake | 7548 | :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake |
| 7804 | configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``): | 7549 | configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):: |
| 7805 | :: | ||
| 7806 | 7550 | ||
| 7807 | TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}" | 7551 | TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}" |
| 7808 | 7552 | ||
| @@ -7869,8 +7613,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 7869 | Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. | 7613 | Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. |
| 7870 | ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from | 7614 | ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from |
| 7871 | :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake | 7615 | :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake |
| 7872 | configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``): | 7616 | configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):: |
| 7873 | :: | ||
| 7874 | 7617 | ||
| 7875 | TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}" | 7618 | TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}" |
| 7876 | 7619 | ||
| @@ -8051,8 +7794,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8051 | program does. | 7794 | program does. |
| 8052 | 7795 | ||
| 8053 | For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device | 7796 | For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device |
| 8054 | ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows: | 7797 | ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows:: |
| 8055 | :: | ||
| 8056 | 7798 | ||
| 8057 | TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200" | 7799 | TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200" |
| 8058 | 7800 | ||
| @@ -8090,8 +7832,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8090 | 7832 | ||
| 8091 | Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add | 7833 | Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add |
| 8092 | your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as | 7834 | your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as |
| 8093 | follows: | 7835 | follows:: |
| 8094 | :: | ||
| 8095 | 7836 | ||
| 8096 | TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest" | 7837 | TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest" |
| 8097 | 7838 | ||
| @@ -8110,8 +7851,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8110 | another test must appear later in the list than the test on which | 7851 | another test must appear later in the list than the test on which |
| 8111 | they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two | 7852 | they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two |
| 8112 | tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on | 7853 | tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on |
| 8113 | ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows: | 7854 | ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows:: |
| 8114 | :: | ||
| 8115 | 7855 | ||
| 8116 | TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B" | 7856 | TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B" |
| 8117 | 7857 | ||
| @@ -8121,8 +7861,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8121 | 7861 | ||
| 8122 | :term:`TEST_TARGET` | 7862 | :term:`TEST_TARGET` |
| 8123 | Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a | 7863 | Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a |
| 8124 | test image. The default controller to use is "qemu": | 7864 | test image. The default controller to use is "qemu":: |
| 8125 | :: | ||
| 8126 | 7865 | ||
| 8127 | TEST_TARGET = "qemu" | 7866 | TEST_TARGET = "qemu" |
| 8128 | 7867 | ||
| @@ -8161,8 +7900,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8161 | set to "qemu". | 7900 | set to "qemu". |
| 8162 | 7901 | ||
| 8163 | When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is | 7902 | When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is |
| 8164 | an example: | 7903 | an example:: |
| 8165 | :: | ||
| 8166 | 7904 | ||
| 8167 | TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201" | 7905 | TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201" |
| 8168 | 7906 | ||
| @@ -8211,8 +7949,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8211 | 7949 | ||
| 8212 | If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the | 7950 | If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the |
| 8213 | default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the | 7951 | default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the |
| 8214 | ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`: | 7952 | ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`:: |
| 8215 | :: | ||
| 8216 | 7953 | ||
| 8217 | #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" | 7954 | #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" |
| 8218 | 7955 | ||
| @@ -8231,8 +7968,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8231 | packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set | 7968 | packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set |
| 8232 | that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each | 7969 | that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each |
| 8233 | package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example, | 7970 | package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example, |
| 8234 | consider the following command when building an SDK: | 7971 | consider the following command when building an SDK:: |
| 8235 | :: | ||
| 8236 | 7972 | ||
| 8237 | $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename | 7973 | $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename |
| 8238 | 7974 | ||
| @@ -8253,8 +7989,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8253 | :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` | 7989 | :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` |
| 8254 | This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The | 7990 | This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The |
| 8255 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets | 7991 | :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets |
| 8256 | the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows: | 7992 | the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows:: |
| 8257 | :: | ||
| 8258 | 7993 | ||
| 8259 | TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}" | 7994 | TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}" |
| 8260 | 7995 | ||
| @@ -8310,8 +8045,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8310 | ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to | 8045 | ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to |
| 8311 | :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target | 8046 | :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target |
| 8312 | machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file | 8047 | machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file |
| 8313 | (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows: | 8048 | (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows:: |
| 8314 | :: | ||
| 8315 | 8049 | ||
| 8316 | TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}" | 8050 | TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}" |
| 8317 | 8051 | ||
| @@ -8333,8 +8067,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8333 | typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced | 8067 | typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced |
| 8334 | through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the | 8068 | through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the |
| 8335 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags | 8069 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags |
| 8336 | for the x86 architecture as follows: | 8070 | for the x86 architecture as follows:: |
| 8337 | :: | ||
| 8338 | 8071 | ||
| 8339 | TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}" | 8072 | TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}" |
| 8340 | 8073 | ||
| @@ -8367,8 +8100,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8367 | are not conflicting and that they are supported. | 8100 | are not conflicting and that they are supported. |
| 8368 | 8101 | ||
| 8369 | The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines | 8102 | The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines |
| 8370 | ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows: | 8103 | ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows:: |
| 8371 | :: | ||
| 8372 | 8104 | ||
| 8373 | TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}" | 8105 | TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}" |
| 8374 | 8106 | ||
| @@ -8381,8 +8113,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8381 | typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced | 8113 | typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced |
| 8382 | through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the | 8114 | through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the |
| 8383 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags | 8115 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags |
| 8384 | for the x86 architecture as follows: | 8116 | for the x86 architecture as follows:: |
| 8385 | :: | ||
| 8386 | 8117 | ||
| 8387 | TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}" | 8118 | TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}" |
| 8388 | 8119 | ||
| @@ -8395,15 +8126,13 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8395 | :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` | 8126 | :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` |
| 8396 | The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define | 8127 | The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define |
| 8397 | the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific | 8128 | the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific |
| 8398 | tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows: | 8129 | tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows:: |
| 8399 | :: | ||
| 8400 | 8130 | ||
| 8401 | TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune" | 8131 | TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune" |
| 8402 | 8132 | ||
| 8403 | These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine | 8133 | These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine |
| 8404 | include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in | 8134 | include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in |
| 8405 | the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file: | 8135 | the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file:: |
| 8406 | :: | ||
| 8407 | 8136 | ||
| 8408 | TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32" | 8137 | TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32" |
| 8409 | 8138 | ||
| @@ -8449,8 +8178,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8449 | the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from | 8178 | the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from |
| 8450 | the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file | 8179 | the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file |
| 8451 | that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32" | 8180 | that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32" |
| 8452 | feature: | 8181 | feature:: |
| 8453 | :: | ||
| 8454 | 8182 | ||
| 8455 | TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64" | 8183 | TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64" |
| 8456 | 8184 | ||
| @@ -8459,8 +8187,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8459 | feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features | 8187 | feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features |
| 8460 | are specified in the machine include files (e.g. | 8188 | are specified in the machine include files (e.g. |
| 8461 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example | 8189 | ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example |
| 8462 | from that file: | 8190 | from that file:: |
| 8463 | :: | ||
| 8464 | 8191 | ||
| 8465 | TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode." | 8192 | TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode." |
| 8466 | 8193 | ||
| @@ -8516,8 +8243,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8516 | Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot | 8243 | Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot |
| 8517 | image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built | 8244 | image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built |
| 8518 | was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be | 8245 | was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be |
| 8519 | "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement: | 8246 | "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement:: |
| 8520 | :: | ||
| 8521 | 8247 | ||
| 8522 | UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto" | 8248 | UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto" |
| 8523 | 8249 | ||
| @@ -8691,8 +8417,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8691 | OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g. | 8417 | OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g. |
| 8692 | ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth). | 8418 | ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth). |
| 8693 | 8419 | ||
| 8694 | The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file: | 8420 | The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 8695 | :: | ||
| 8696 | 8421 | ||
| 8697 | USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" | 8422 | USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" |
| 8698 | 8423 | ||
| @@ -8712,8 +8437,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8712 | ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan | 8437 | ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan |
| 8713 | on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should | 8438 | on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should |
| 8714 | set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf`` | 8439 | set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf`` |
| 8715 | file as follows: | 8440 | file as follows:: |
| 8716 | :: | ||
| 8717 | 8441 | ||
| 8718 | USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error" | 8442 | USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error" |
| 8719 | 8443 | ||
| @@ -8743,8 +8467,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8743 | When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the | 8467 | When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the |
| 8744 | OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a | 8468 | OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a |
| 8745 | ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the | 8469 | ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the |
| 8746 | variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file: | 8470 | variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 8747 | :: | ||
| 8748 | 8471 | ||
| 8749 | 8472 | ||
| 8750 | USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group" | 8473 | USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group" |
| @@ -8761,8 +8484,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8761 | 8484 | ||
| 8762 | You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For | 8485 | You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For |
| 8763 | example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in | 8486 | example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in |
| 8764 | a recipe: | 8487 | a recipe:: |
| 8765 | :: | ||
| 8766 | 8488 | ||
| 8767 | USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}" | 8489 | USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}" |
| 8768 | 8490 | ||
| @@ -8778,8 +8500,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8778 | the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the | 8500 | the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the |
| 8779 | package is installed. | 8501 | package is installed. |
| 8780 | 8502 | ||
| 8781 | Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe: | 8503 | Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:: |
| 8782 | :: | ||
| 8783 | 8504 | ||
| 8784 | USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ | 8505 | USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ |
| 8785 | --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ | 8506 | --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ |
| @@ -8797,8 +8518,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8797 | When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the | 8518 | When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the |
| 8798 | OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a | 8519 | OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a |
| 8799 | ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the | 8520 | ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the |
| 8800 | variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file: | 8521 | variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: |
| 8801 | :: | ||
| 8802 | 8522 | ||
| 8803 | USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd" | 8523 | USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd" |
| 8804 | 8524 | ||
| @@ -8869,8 +8589,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8869 | With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to | 8589 | With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to |
| 8870 | specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools, | 8590 | specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools, |
| 8871 | bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images. | 8591 | bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images. |
| 8872 | Following is an example: | 8592 | Following is an example:: |
| 8873 | :: | ||
| 8874 | 8593 | ||
| 8875 | WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool" | 8594 | WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool" |
| 8876 | 8595 | ||
| @@ -8884,8 +8603,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8884 | :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to | 8603 | :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to |
| 8885 | the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built. | 8604 | the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built. |
| 8886 | 8605 | ||
| 8887 | The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows: | 8606 | The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows:: |
| 8888 | :: | ||
| 8889 | 8607 | ||
| 8890 | ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} | 8608 | ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} |
| 8891 | 8609 | ||
| @@ -8904,8 +8622,7 @@ system and gives an overview of their function and contents. | |||
| 8904 | ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose | 8622 | ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose |
| 8905 | your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work | 8623 | your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work |
| 8906 | directory the build system uses to build the package would be as | 8624 | directory the build system uses to build the package would be as |
| 8907 | follows: | 8625 | follows:: |
| 8908 | :: | ||
| 8909 | 8626 | ||
| 8910 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 | 8627 | poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 |
| 8911 | 8628 | ||
